Vii
Astrometric and Geodetic Properties of Earth
and the Solar System
Charles F. Yoder
1. BACKGROUND
cos X + &j sin X) Pnj, (1)
The mass, size and shape of planets and their satel-
lites and are essential information from which one can and j 5 n. The zonal Legendre polynomials P,o(z) for
consider the balance of gravity and tensile strength, n < 7 are
chemical makeup and such factors as internal tempera-
ture or porosity. Orbits and planetary rotation are also PO0 = 1
useful clues concerning origin, internal structure and PI0 = z
tidal history. The tables compiled here include some of Pzo = (32 - 1) /2
the latest results such as detection of densities of Plute (2)
Charon from analysis of HST images and the latest re-
sults for Venus’ shape, gravity field and pole orientation
based on Magellan spacecraft data. Data concerning
prominent asteroids, comets and Sun are also included. Higher order zonal functions can be derived from
Most of the material here is presented as tables. They
are preceded by brief explanations of the relevant geo- Pno = $&-(2 - 1)“.
0 (3)
physical and orbit parameters. More complete explana-
tions can be found in any of several reference texts on or from the recursion relation
geodesy [log, 741, geophysics [56, 58, 1101 and celestial
mechanics [13, 88, 981. (n + l)Pn+l,O = (an + l)zP,,o - nPn-i,o (4)
2. GRAVITY FIELD SHAPE AND INTER- The tesseral (j < n) and sectorial (j = n) functions can
NAL STRUCTURE be deduced from
.I dVp(r)PP,j(sin#)
t2
nal position r(@, X’). (14)
ut - n(n + 1).
Both surface undulations and internal density varia-
tions contribute to the effective field. For an equivalent and t a constant.
representation in terms of just density variations, then Moments of Inertia: The 2nd harmonic coefficients
are related to the moments of inertia tensor Iij where i
p(r) = c (P,cj (4 : P:jwx (7) and j = 1,2,3 correspond to the {z, y,~} axes,‘respec-
CS,n,j tively.
P,j(Sin 4) (COSjO : sinjo), ,
MR&, =- C- ;(B+A) (15)
>
and
MR,2C21 = -Il3, MR,2S21 = -123, (16)
(G&j: Snj)= 47T R=drm+2p,cj:s(T-).
(8)
MR,n(2n + 1) s s
MR:Czz = ; (B -A), (17)
A first order estimate of the contribution of uncom-
pensated topography with radial harmonic coefficient where C, B and A are the principal moments about the
Cz to gravity is given by [12] z, y and 2 axes, respectively (that is, C = 133, B = 122
and A = 111). Th e coordinate frame can be chosen such
that the off-diagonal Iij vanish and C > B > A and is
significant as it represents a minimum energy state for a
where ps and p are the crustal and mean densities, re- rotating body. The choice for R, is somewhat arbitrary,
spectively. although the convention is to choose the equatorial ra-
Airy compensation, where surface topography of a dius. The moment for a uniform sphere is gMR2, and
uniform density crust with average thickness H is com- if we wish to preserve the 2/5 coefficient for the mean
pensated by bottom crustal topography, has external moment I = (A + B + C)/3 for a triaxial ellipsoid, then
gravity which is smaller by a factor of (1 - ((Re - R, = (a” + b2 + c2)/3 is the appropriate choice. The
fWL)n+2). volumetric mean radius RV = G and differs from R,
J,: The usual convention for representation of the in the second order.
zonal coefficients is as J,, The potential contributions from surface topography
can be appreciated from a consideration of a uniform
J, = -c,o . (10) triaxial ellipsoid with surface defined by
Nzj = y 1'
-$
cos&@P;j
(12)
(I+ 6jO) (n + j)!
= 2(2n+l)(n-j)! 15
c40 = -c&, (21)
Kaula’s Rule: The gravity field power spectra func- 7
tion ug for many solid planetary bodies tend to follow 15
c42 = -c2oc22 , (22)
Kaula’s rule, 14
YODER 3
(32)
where r
- = l+;e2-e(l-;c2) cosl-;e2cos2e-~e3cos3!(48)
f^= f(l - ;wv- f>“. (40) a
The natural (2, y, z} coordinates of the orbit which
Normal gravity to the ellipsoid is [74] lie in the {z, y} plane are
ag, cos ‘4’ + bg P sin 2+’
9= (41) r cos(f + w)
a2 cos 2@ + b2 sin 24’ r= rsin(f + w) (49)
[ 0 I
3. ORBITS AND THEIR ORIENTATIONS
The spatial orientation of an orbit relative to the
Orbits of all planets and satellites are slightly ellip- ecliptic and equinox is specified by three Euler‘angles:
tical in shape where the orbit focus lies at the primary longitude of the ascending node fi describing the posi-
center of mass and is displaced from the ellipse center tion of the intersection line relative to a fixed point on
of figure by ea, where e is the orbit eccentricity and the ecliptic, argument of perihelion w measured from
a is the semimajor axis. The ratio of minor to major the node to the pericenter and orbit inclination I. The
axes of the orbit ellipse is dm. The rate that area is (2, y, z} coordinates in this frame are
swept out relative to the focus is governed by the Keple-
1
rian condition r”&f Econstant where the angle f (true COS(f + W) COS fl - cos Isin(f + w) sin S2
re
---I=
anomaly) is measured relative to the minimum separa- COs(f + w) sin s1+ cos Isin(f + w) cos fl (50)
r
tion or pericenter. The mean motion n = & (e + w + s2) [ sin I sin(f + w)
and the orbital period is 27r/n. The radial position is
The ecliptic spherical coordinates (longitude 4 and lat-
governed by the following two relations which connect
itude ,f3) of the position vector r, are defined by
the radial separation r, semimajor axis a, eccentricity
e, true anomaly f and mean anomaly e (which varies
linearly with time for the strictly two body case), (51)
a(1 - e2)
; sin@+ ayz) = .y&. (42) The (2, y, z} planetary, orbital coordinates relative
‘= l+ecosf
to an angular, equatorial coordinate frame centered in
If f is known, then r and ! are found directly. On the the sun depend on earth’s obliquity E and are
other hand, if e (or the time relative to perihelion pas-
sage) is known, then f and r can be obtained by itera- ri3 = Rr. (52)
tion. An alternative
E which is directly
is to employ the eccentric
connected to f and e.
anomaly
The rotation
cos
fl matrix R , by column, is
f= E-esinE,
tan :E, (43)
(44)
R1 =
[ 1cosesinfi
sin e sin 0
- cos I sin fi
, (53)
R2 = cosccosIcos52--sintsinI , (54)
r=a(l-ecosE). (45) sinEcosIcosSl+coscsinI I
The eccentric anomaly E measures the angular position sin I sin s1
relative to the ellipse center. R3= - coscsinIcosa - sinccos I (55)
For small e, the equation of center is [88] - sinesinIcosR+cosccosI
[ I
f-t E e(2 - ae2) sine+ $e2sin2(+ ge3sin3(. (46) The geocentric position rk of a planet (still in equa-
torial coordinates) is given by
Similar expansions of a/r and r/a in terms of the mean rk = rg + rg (56)
anomaly are
where ro points from earth towards sun and rg points
a from sun towards planet.
- = 1 + e(1 - ie2) cosP+e2cos2~+~e3cos3~, (47)
r R.A. and Dec.: The right ascension (Y and decli-
YODER 5
1
1 0 0
I-e= 0 cos E sine rg (58) -$-k -;N (%)” (J2 - ;J4 (2)” - ;J;) - (65)
[ 0 -sin6 cost
4 (%)’ (1 - ; sin’c) - NP).
Kepler’s Third Law: GMt = n2u3 (Mt = Mplanet +
M satellite) for satellite orbits is modified by zonal plane- Here P is the contribution from other satellites and is
tary gravity, other satellites and Sun. The lowest order
expression is [82, 791 (66)
,2A3=GM++;Jz(~)2-fJ~($)2 (59)
(67)
1 ng 2
-- 2 (N) (l- isin”a)+P) ,
Invariable Plane: The action of the sun causes
satellites to precess about the normal to the invariable
p,l&!!ia l plane (also known as the Laplacian plane), which is in-
(60)
2 j QVfna>(1-~Q5)X clined by i to the planetary equator, and defined to
lowest order by
([cl+ sj)(l - a9)+ 2aj”] by/z(aj) - 2&jb:/2(aj)) .
where N and A are the observed mean motion and semi- 2Jzsin(2i) = ($)’ (1 - e2)-1’2sin2(c - i). (68)
major axis, respectively and E is the planetary obliquity
to its orbit. The orbital period is 27r/N. The sum The invariable plane normal vector lies between the
P gives the contributions from all other satellites of planetary spin vector and planetary orbit normal and
mass Mj and depends on Laplace coefficients by,,(a) the three normals are coplanar.
Planetary Precession: The precession of a planet’s
and b:,2( CY) w h ic h in t urn can be expressed as a series
spin axis (if we ignore the variations induced by the
[88, 131 in CY= Q/U>. For a given pair, a< and a> are
motion of planetary orbit plane [64]) resulting from the
the semimajor axes of the interior and exterior satel-
sun and its own satellites is given by [98]
lites, respectively. The factor Sj = 1 if a < aj and
Sj = -1 if a > Uj.
Laplace Coefficients: The expansion of the func- (69)
tion A-’ = (1 + o2 - 2a cos x) -’ is
(61)
where C is the polar moment of inertia and w, is the
The general coefficient g ((Y) is planet spin rate. Numerical modeling of the long term
behavior of the obliquity of terrestrial planets [64, 1121
bgcy) = 2 rdxcosjx(1+a2-2acosx)--d (62) indicate that their orientation (especially Mars) is at
lr s 0 some time in their histories chaotic.
Us+3 Cassini State: The mean orientation of a syn-
Cj8qQzq,
= 2d r(s)l?(j + 1) c p chronously locked satellite is described by three laws:
6 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
The same side of the moon faces the planet. The satel- 113
lite’s rotation axis lies in the plane formed by the orbit A R,,che = 2.455% . (73)
normal and invariable plane normal. The lunar obliq-
uity is constant. 5. TIDES AND TIDAL FRICTION
The lunar obliquity relative to its orbit E,, depends
of the satellite precession rate $fl in addition to the
Love Numbers: The elastic deformation of a satel-
moments of inertia [87].
lite due to either a tide raised by the planet or de-
formation caused a satellite’s own rotation is set by
3-l C-A
AC- sin(c, -I) = -isinc, ~cose, the dimensionless Love number kg. The corresponding
n ( changes in the moment of inertia tensor are
lB-A ,l
+4 c san zcs . 61~ (tides) = -
4. DYNAMICAL CONSTRAINTS
1 R5
61ij(spin) = 3ewiwj kz - (ik2 - ano)6, . (75)
A few simple parameters are defined here which are 8 >
useful in determining dynamical characteristics of plan- Here ui are the direction cosines of the tide-raising satel-
ets and satellites. lite as seen from the satellite’s body-fixed reference SYS-
Escape Velocity o, and Minimum Orbit Ve- tern (i.e. U; = vi/r), while wi are the Cartesian compo
locity 21, : The minimum velocity to orbit just above nents of the spin vector.
the surface of an airless spherical body of mass M and The Love number k2 II 3/2/(1 + lSp/pgR) for small
radius R is V, while the minimum velocity necessary for homogeneous satellites. An appropriate rigidity p for
an object to just reach infinity is v,. rocky satellites is -5 x 1011 dyne-cm-’ for rocky bod-
ies and - 4x lOl’dyne-cm-’ for icy bodies. Fluid cores
(71) can substantially increase kn. For fluid planets, the
equivalent hydrostatic kz(fluid) = 3Js/m is appropri-
ate, where m = wzR3/GM is the rotation factor defined
2103 = TV, = 118.2 earlier in equation (25).
(&) (2.5g~m_“)lizms~”
The term proportional to no arises from a purely ra-
Hills’ Sphere: A roughly spherical volume about dial distortion and depends on the bulk modulus, I<.
a secondary body in which a particle may move in An expression for no has been derived for a uniform
bounded motion, at least temporarily. The Hills’ ra- spherical body [120].
dius h is proportional to the cube root of the mass ratio
A&,/M, of satellite to planet.
A $ 1.44%(~pl~s)~‘~)> and defines a minimum orbital where gS is satellite gravity and e^is a unit vector, nor-
radius inside which satellite accretion from ring mate- mal to R’ and pointing from R’ toward r.
rial is impeded. The Darwin condition where a fluid Tidal Acceleration and Spin Down: The tidal
body begins to fill its Roche lobe is less stringent and acceleration of a satellite caused by the inelastic tide it
is [20] raises on a planet with rotation rate w,, is given by
YODER 7
d 9 k2p M3 R,
5
n2sgn(w, - n),
2f the object’s spin is not locked in a spin-orbit reso-
Znr-Z&pMp ( > a
(78) nance. The gravitational
a satellite’s
torque exerted
figure decreases the wobble period
by a planet
by the
with a and n are semimajor axis and mean motion, factor D-l, where
respectively. The planetary dissipation factor QP oc
l/(tidal phase lag) is defined by D2 = DID2 (83)
(81) (86)
Wobble Period and Damping Rate: The free The function F is of order unity and depends on the
eulerian nutation period Tw of a rigid triaxial body moment differences, (Y = (C-B)/B and p = (C-A)/B.
(which for earth is known as the Chandler wobble) is For non-synchronous rotation, the explicit expression is
WI 1114
EQUATOR
Table 1. Basic Astronomical Constants Table 2. Earth: Geodetic and Geophysical Data
Table 3c. Lunar gravity field ‘lb Table 3d. Low order topography ’
nm c,, x log s,, x log nm CL x lo6 s,, x lo6
Table 4: Major periodic orbit perturbations due to the Factors of Tq have units of arc seconds Cymq, except for the
Sun are from Chapront-Touze et al. [al] model. Lunar argu- constant term.
ments: L is the lunar mean longitude, e is the mean anomaly, Changing the lunar acceleration from the adopted value
F = L - 0 (ascending node) and D = L - L’. Solar an- of -25.900”Cy-2 by +l.OO”Cy-‘, changes the T2 coefficient
gles are mean longitude L’ and mean anomaly e’. The time of D and L by +0.55042”TZ, C by +0.55853”T2 and F by
T has units of Julian centuries from J2000(JD2451545.0). +0.54828”T2.
YODER 11
Table 5: Planetary system GMt, inverse system mass, (GEM T2) [71], Mars [5, 371, Jupiter [16], Saturn [17, 791,
planet GM, and selected gravity field coefficients and their Uranus [40, 551 and Neptune [ill].
corresponding reference radius R, for Mercury [3], Venus GM@ = 1.3271243994 x 1011 km3 s-*.
[73, 601 (the quoted, realistic errors are 4x formal) , Earth
12 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
Table 6: Geodetic data for Mercury [46], Venus [73], Earth 103H2~10-~;~; = -288~10~10-~;~~~ = -0.5~10-~
and Mars [lo, 371. Except for Venus [73], gravity and topo- The derivation of Mars’ mean moment of inertia assumes
graphic field strength coefficients are from [II]. that Tharsis is the primary non-hydrostatic source and that
Venus topography: The topographic second harmonic the hydrostatic
(normalized) coefficients of Venus [73] are: Jzh = Jz - (B - A)/2MRe2 = 0.001832.
i?zo = -25 x lo+ z;zI = 14 x 1O-6; ST21 = -8 x 10F6; Except for Earth, the values for mean moment I, potential
CT2 = -20 x lo-6;i$~ = -5 x lop. Love number ks, core radius and mass are model calculations
Of Mars [lo] are: based on plausible structure [7].
Equatorial gravity ge (m sm2) 23.12 f 0.01 8.96 f 0.01 8.69 f 0.01 11.00 It 0.05
Polar gravity gp (m s-“) 27.01 f 0.01 12.14f 0.01 9.19 * 0.02 11.41 f 0.03
Table 7: Geodetic and temperature data (1 bar pressure lpbar than at the 1 bar level. The heat flow and Y factor
level) for the giant planets obtained from Voyager radio oc- are from Podolak et al. [89]. Geometric albedos and visual
cultation experiments for Jupiter [66], Saturn [67], Uranus magnitudes are from Seidelmann[95].
[68] and Neptune [ill, 691. The magnetic field rotation pe- B) The hydrostatic flattening is derived from (28), using
riods (system III) and dipole moment for Jupiter, Saturn the observed JZ and the magnetic field rotation rate. The
[25], Uranus and Neptune [78]. inferred mean rotation rate uses JZ and the observed flat-
Notes: tening (for Uranus, I adopt f = 0.0019(7 & 1) ).
A) The Uranian flattening determined from stellar oc- C) Upper bounds to the mean moment of inertia using
cultations [6] is significantly smaller f = 0.0019(7 * 1) at (30) with 61 = 0. D) Hubbard and Marley [52] solution.
14 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
Table 8: This table contains two distinct mean orbit so- table 15.6 in [95]), except that the semimajor axis is the av-
lutions referenced to the J2OOOepoch. First, a 250 yr. least erage value defined by eq(37). The fit for this case over the
squares fit (first two rows for each planet) of the DE 200 same 250 yr. is worse (M. Standish, priv. comm.) for the
planetary ephemeris [103] to a Keplerian orbit where each el- giant planets because of pairwise near commensurabilities in
ement is allowed to vary linearly with time. This solution fits the mean motions of Jupiter-Saturn (.!?I = (2&, - 5Ls) with
the terrestrial planet orbits to ~25” or better, but achieves 883 yr. period) and Uranus-Neptune (SZ = (L7 - 2Ls) with
only ~600” for Saturn. The second solution (the third and 4233 yr. period). However, the mean orbit should be more
fourth rows for each planet) is a mean element solution (from stable over longer periods.
YODER 15
Table 9. North Pole of Rotation ( ‘~0, 60 and Prime Meridian) of Planets and Sun
a0 60 W (prime meridian) reference feature
deg deg deg
Sun 286.13 63.87 84.10 + 14.1844000d
Mercury 281.01- 0.003T 61.45- 0.005T 329.71+ 6.1385025d Hun Kai(20.00° W)
Venus A 272.76 67.16 160.20 - 1.481545d Ariadne(centra1 peak)
Earth 0.00 - 0.641T 90.00 - 0.557T 190.16+ 306.9856235d Greenwich,England
Mars 317.681- 0.108T 52.886 - 0.061T 176.868 + 350.891983Od crater Airy-O
Jupiter 268.05 - 0.009T 64.49+ 0.003T 284.95+ 870.53600000d magnetic field
Saturn B 40.5954- 0.0577T 83.5380- 0.0066T 38.90 + 810.7939024d magnetic field
Uranus c 257.43 -15.10 203.81- 501.1600928d magnetic field
Neptune D 299.36 + 0.70sinN 43.46 - 0.51 cosN 253.18 + 536.3128492d-
0.48 sin N
Pluto 313.02 9.09 236.77- 56.3623195d sub-Charon E
Table 10. Pluto Charon System Table 11. Satellite Tidal Acceleration
GMs,, ’ 947 3~ 13 km3 sd2
Satellite dn/dt Notes
M SYS 1.42 & 0.02 x 1O22kg
Moon
Mass ratio (Mc/Mp) ’ 0.12
2 Orbit
0.1543 & 0.0028
(Optical l -26.0 f 2.0 “Cym2 total
Mass of Pluto 1 1.27f 0.02 x 1O22kg
astronomy)
1.231 f 0.01 x 1O22kg
(LLR)2 -22.24 zt 0.6 “CY-~ l/2 d & 1.~.
Mass of Charon ’ 1.5 x 1021 kg
2 -4.04f 0.4 “CY-~ 1d
1.90* 0.04 x 102i kg
-to.40 “CY-2 lunar tide
Semi-major axis a ’ 19405 & 86 km
-25.88 & 0.5 “Cym2 total
CL2 19481 f 49 km
Eccentricity 3 e Tidal gravity field
0.000(20 f 21)
(SLR) 3 -22.10 & 0.4 “CY-2 l/2 d
Inclination to mean 96.56 zk 0.26’
-3.95 “CY-~ 1d
equator & equinox ’
+0.18 “Cy-’ 1.p.
Radius Rp 113 1137 h 8 km
-25.8 h 0.4”Cyw2 total
1206 f 11 km
Ocean tide height
Radius RC 586 3~ 13 km
(GEOSAT) 4 -25.0 & 1.8 “Cyy2 total
Density of Pluto
(R = 1137 + 8 km) ’ 2.06 g cmm3 24.74 f 0.35 ’ CY-~
Phobos 5 l/2 d
(R = 1206 f 11 km) ’ 1.73 g cmp3
(R = 1137 * 8 km) 2 2.00 g /cme3 10 6 -29 zt 14 ” CY-~ l/2 d
(R = 1206 + 11 km) 2 1.67 g cme3
Table 12: Satellite radii are primarily from Davies et al. tudes of Lindblad resonances they excite in Saturn’s rings.
[29]. For synchronously locked rotation, the satellite figure’s 5) Janus’ radii are from [121]. Thomas [107] indepen-
long axis points toward the planet while the short axis is nor- dently finds radii 97 x 95 x 77(&4) for Janus. The coorbital
mal to the orbit. Geometric and visual magnitude V(1,O) satellite masses include new IR observations [81] and are
(equivalent magnitude at 1 AU and zero phase angle) are firm. Rosen et al. [91] find 1.31(tA:z) x 1Or8 kg for Janus
from [95]; b&(1,0) = -26.8. Satellite masses are from a and 0.33(?::;:) x 1018 kg for Epimetheus from density wave
variety of sources: Galilean satellites [16]; Saturnian large models.
satellites [17]; Uranian large satellites [55]; Triton: mass 6)Dkrmott and Thomas find that the observed (b-c)/(a-
[ill] and radius [27]. c) = 0.27 f 0.04 for Mimas [30] and (b - c)/(a - c) = 0.24 ZIZ
Notes: 0.15 for Tethys [108], and deduce that Mimas I/MR' =
1) Duxbury [33, 81 has obtained an 1z = j = 8 harmonic 0.35 zt 0.01, based on a second order hydrostatic model.
expansion of Phobos’ topography and obtains a mean radius 7) Dermott and Thomas (priv. comm.) estimate Ence-
of 11.04f0.16 and mean volume of 5680+250km3 based on ladus’ mass = 0.66~tO.01 x 10z3 gm and density = l.Ol~bO.02
a model derived from over 300 normal points. The Phobos gm cmd3 from its shape.
mission resulted in a much improved mass for Phobos [4]. 8) Harper and Taylor [47].
2) Thomas (priv. comm.). 9) Klavetter [59] has verified that Hyperion rotates chaoti-
3) Gaskell et al. [43] find from analysis of 328 surface cally from analysis of 10 weeks of photometer data. Further-
normal points that the figure axes are (1830.0 kmx1818.7 more, he finds that the moment ratios are A/C = 0.543~0.05
kmx1815.3 km)(f0.2 km). The observed (b - ~)/(a - c) = and B/C = 0.86 f 0.16 from a fit of the light curve to a dy-
0.23 f 0.02, close to the hydrostatic value of l/4, while f~ = namic model of the tumbling.
0.00803~t~0.00011 is consistent with I/MR’ = 0.3821tO.003. 10) The radii of the small Uranian satellites are from
4). The masses of Prometheus and Pandora [91] should Thomas, Weitz and Veverka [106]. Masses of major satellites
be viewed with caution since they are estimated from ampli- are from Jacobson et al. [55].
YODER 19
Table 13: Abbreviations: R=retrograde orbit; T=: Trojan- tary oblateness; S=synchronous rotation; C=chaotic rota-
like satellite which leads(+) or trails(-) by -60’ in longi- tion; References: From [95], with additional data for Sat-
tude the primary satellite with same semimajor axis; (*) The urn’s F ring satellites [104], Jupiter’s small satellites [105],
local invariable reference plane (see equation 68) of these the Uranian [84] and Neptune [86, 531 systems.
distant satellites is controlled by Sun rather than plane-
Table 14: See Nicholson and Dones [80] and for a review of Saturn’s ring features.
ring properties. Bracketed [ ] albedos are adopted. Horn et b) Encke gap width=322 km.
al. [54] find from density wave analysis that the A ring mean c) Sharp B ring edge controlled by 2:l Lindblad resonance
surface desity is 0 = 45 f 11 gm cm-’ for a = 2.0 - 2.2lR, with Janus.
and u = 29 III 7gm cme2 for a = 2.22 - 2.27R, with mass(A- d) Sharp A ring edge due to 7:6 Janus’ resonance.
ring)= 5.2 x 102rgm. e) French et al. [41].
a) See Esposito et al. [36] for a more complete list of
1 Ceres 933 G? 2.769 0.0780 10.61 80.0 71.2 287.3 4.607 9.075
2 Pallas 525 2.770 0.2347 34.81 172.6 309.8 273.8 4.611 7.811
4 Vesta 510 v 2.361 0.0906 7.14 103.4 150.1 43.3 3.629 5.342
10 Hygiea 429 c 3.138 0.1201 3.84 283.0 316.1 33.0 5.656 27.659
511 Davida 337 c 3.174 0.1784 15.94 107.3 339.0 244.5 5.656 5.130
704 Interamnia 333 F 3.064 0.1475 17.30 280.4 92.2 276.8 5.364 8.727
52 Europa 312 C 3.101 0.1002 7.44 128.6 337.0 92.6 5.460 5.631
15 Eunomia 272 S 2.644 0.1849 11.76 292.9 97.5 327.9 4.299 6.083
87 Sylvia 271 PC 3.490 0.0820 10.87 73.1 273.3 248.8 6.519 5.183
3 Juno 267 S 2.668 0.0258 13.00 169.9 246.7 115.4 4.359 7.210
16 Psyche 264 M 2.923 0.1335 3.09 149.9 227.5 318.7 4.999 4.196
31 Euphrosyne 248 C 3.146 0.2290 26.34 30.7 63.1 341.0 5.581 5.531
22 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
65 Cybele 240 C 3.437 0.1044 3.55 155.4 109.8 20.1 6.372 4.041
107 Camilla 237 C 3.484 0.0842 9.93 173.5 296.0 139.7 6.503 4.840
624 Hektor 233 D 5.181 0.0246 18.23 342.1 178.0 2.9 11.794 6.921
88 Thisbe 232 C 2.767 0.1638 5.22 276.3 35.3 259.0 4.603 6.042
451 Patientia 230 C 3.062 0.0709 15.24 89.0 343.2 269.4 5.358 9.727
324 Bamberga 228 C 2.681 0.3409 11.14 327.8 43.4 189.6 4.390 29.43
48 Doris 225 C 3.110 0.0693 6.54 183.4 262.8 278.8 5.485 11.89
532 Herculina 225 S 2.771 0.1764 16.36 107.4 75.1 199.4 4.613 9.405
29 Amphitrite 219 s 2.555 0.0717 6.10 355.9 62.8 197.9 4.084 5.390
423 Diotima 217 C 3.067 0.0365 11.25 69.2 215.6 223.9 5.371 4.622
121 Hermione 217 C 3.438 0.1428 7.56 74.1 287.5 4.3 6.376 8.97
375 Ursula 216 C 3.126 0.1037 15.93 336.1 347.9 163.0 5.528 16.83
13 Egeria 215 G 2.576 0.0863 16.52 42.8 81.1 132.8 4.136 7.045
45 Eugenia 214 C 2.722 0.0821 6.60 147.4 86.0 188.9 4.490 5.699
94 Aurora 212 c 3.164 0.0814 8.01 2.5 51.8 223.8 5.628 7.22
7 Iris 203 S 2.386 0.2296 5.51 259.3 144.8 132.3 3.685 7.139
702 Alauda 202 c 3.195 0.0286 20.57 289.6 3.6 335.5 5.710 8.36
19 Fortuna 200 c 2.442 0.1580 1.57 210.9 182.0 287.9 3.817 7.445
24 Themis 200 c 3.126 0.1351 0.76 35.6 110.5 229.9 5.528 a.374
2060 Chiron 13.716 0.3816 6.93 208.6 339.0 315.0 50.801 5.918
130 Elektra 189 G 3.113 0.2182 22.88 145.3 234.7 177.2 5.492 5.225
22 Kalliope 187 M 2.912 0.0978 13.70 65.8 355.6 212.6 4.969 4.147
747 Winchester 178 C 2.995 0.3433 18.18 129.6 276.1 354.5 5.183 9.40
153 Hilda 175 c 3.975 0.1418 7.84 227.8 42.6 269.5 7.925 *8.11
334 Chicago 170 c 3.875 0.0407 4.66 130.1 136.5 300.6 7.627 9.19
51 Nemausa 153 G 2.366 0.0656 9.96 175.6 2.4 50.8 3.640 7.785
617 Patroclus 149 P 5.230 0.1396 22.04 43.8 306.8 32.1 11.961 * > 40.
420 Bertholda 146 P 3.416 0.0475 6.70 243.9 206:3 158.8 6.314 11.04
69 Hesperia 143 M 2.979 0.1673 8.55 185.2 285.8 34.6 5.142 5.655
8 Flora 141 s 2.201 0.1564 5.89 110.5 284.8 176.3 3.266 12.790
216 Kleopatra 140 M 2.795 0.2495 13.11 215.2 179.4 312.4 4.674 5.385
279 Thule 135 D 4.271 0.0119 2.34 73.2 76.7 17.8 8.825 7.44
419 Aurelia 133 F 2.595 0.2562 3.95 229.3 43.1 147.7 4.179 16.709
221 Eos 110 K 3.012 0.0973 10.87 141.6 191.9 20.9 5.229 10.436
233 Asterope 108 T 2.661 0.0996 7.68 221.8 125.3 72.1 4.342 19.70
181 Eucharis 107 K 3.137 0.2032 18.69 143.5 313.2 98.8 5.555 * > 7.
114 Kassandra 103 T 2.675 0.1398 4.95 163.8 352.0 151.4 4.376 10.758
773 Irmintraud 99 D 2.858 0.0805 16.68 322.1 331.6 21.3 4.831
25 Phocaea 78 S 2.400 0.2557 21.58 213.7 90.5 189.5 3.719 9.945
44 Nysa 73 E 2.424 0.1497 3.71 131.0 342.0 142.7 3.773 6.422
64 Angelina 59 E 2.682 0.1251 1.31 309.0 179.7 133.8 4.393 8.752
170 Maria 46 S 2.552 0.0648 14.43 300.9 157.4 242.3 4.078
446 Aeternitas 43 A 2.787 0.1267 10.62 41.8 279.6 167.7 4.652
1036 Ganymed 41 s 2.665 0.5366 26.45 215.6 131.7 343.7 4.350 10.308
158 Koronis 39 s 2.870 0.0521 1.00 278.1 142.5 187.0 4.861 14.18
243 Ida 32 S 2.863 0.0421 1.14 323.9 110.6 203.5 4.843 4.65
YODER 23
433 Eros 20 s 1.458 0.2229 10.83 303.7 178.6 122.1 1.761 5.270
951 Gaspra 14 s 2.210 0.1737 4.10 252.7 129.4 52.9 3.286 7.042
434 Hungaria 10 E 1.944 0.0740 22.51 174.8 123.8 258.3 2.711 26.51
Table 15: Size, Orbits and rotation periods [35] of promi- and 1036 Ganymed (q = 1.234AU) indicate that they are
nent objects. This table is sorted by size which are largely Mars’ crossers. 2060 Chiron is in a distant, comet-like or-
determined from the visual and infrared (from IRAS) mag- bit. Initially a point source, it was catalogued as an as-
netudes, although a few are from stellar occultations and teroid, but subsequently exhibited cometary activity as it
other sources. All objects with diameters larger than 200 approached perihelion. There is no secure diameter mea-
km are included. A few smaller objects are included because surement, although its brightness indicates a large diameter
of unusual characteristics or because they are Galileo fly-by of several hundred km. The three largest asteroids have rare
targets (951 Gaspra and 243 Ida, a Koronis family mem- or unusual taxonomies. The epoch for the orbit parameters
ber). 24 Themis, 221 Eos, 158 Koronis, 170 Maria and 8 is Oct. 1, 1989, although they are referenced to the 1950
Flora are prominent representatives of major asteroid fam- equinox and ecliptic (table and notes from J. G. Williams).
ilies of collision fragments. The low perihelion distances *.. Periods are uncertain or controversial.
(usually denoted q = a(1 - e)) for 433 Eros (q = 1.133AU)
Table 16: Prominent Aten, Apollo, and Amor class near taken from a list of 85 objects with well determined orbits for
earth asteroids. Orbit elements ( q 3 a(1 -e)), e,inclination which the estimated population is over 4000 ( V(1,O) < 18).
I, date (mm/dd/yr) of closest approach to earth and corre- The size, visual albedo (P,) and rotation period are given if
sponding minimum separation (in AU) during the 1993-2000 known [72].
time period are from D. Yeomans (priv. comm.). These are
Table 17: Masses and densities exist for only four large as- Scholl et al. [93] or radio tracking of Viking Mars’ landers
teroids. These masses result from tracking their orbital per- (d) Standish and Hellings [102], and from which these results
turbation of other asteroids (a,b,d) detected from ground- were obtained.
based astrometry: (a) Schubart 1941, (b) Landgraf [63], (c)
YODER 25
-
deg deg deg deg AU JD
Arend 359.75 47.06 355.49 19.929 0.53703 3.9961 2448402.5 9.5 15.0
Arend-Rigaux 358.31 329.06 121.45 17.888 0.60005 3.5950 2448532.2 10.0 15.5
Ashbrook-Jackson 2.36 348.69 1.97 12.494 0.39491 3.8279 2449182.5 1.0 11.5
Boethin 0.36 22.31 13.74 4.871 0.77436 5.1329 2450556.2 10.0 14.0
Borrelly 359.03 353:36 74.74 30.323 0.62390 3.6112 2452167.2 4.5 13.0
Brooks 2 0.56 197.99 176.25 5.548 0.49073 3.6196 2449596.5 9.0 13.5
Brorsen-Metcalf 0.27 129.62 310.88 19.331 0.99196 17.073 2447781.4 7.8 14.0
Churyumov-
Gerasimenko 3.04 11.34 50.35 7.110 0.63021 3.5156 2450100.1 9.5 14.5
Comas Sol& 359.50 45.74 60.20 12.914 0.56779 4.2719 2450244.9 8.0 12.5
Crommelin 359.36 195.99 249.93 28.959 0.91875 9.2046 2455778.5 12.0 16.0
d’Arrest 359.19 178.04 138.30 19.528 0.61404 3.4871 2449925.8 8.5 16.0
Denning-Fujikawa 0.43 337.56 35.72 9.130 0.81792 4.3372 2450236.5 15.0 19.0
du Toit-Hartley 3.48 251.57 308.56 2.938 0.60161 3.0050 2448862.1 14.0 18.0
Encke 1.00 186.49 333.89 11.750 0.84690 2.2177 2451797.1 9.8 14.5
Faye 357.83 203.95 198.88 9.091 0.57818 3.7774 2448576.6 8.0 14.0
Finlay 359.70 323.47 41.42 3.669 0.71030 3.5746 2449842.5 12.0 17.0
Forbes 2.88 310.72 333.65 7.16 0.56811 3.3481 2451302.5 10.5 15.5
Gehrels 2 1.77 192.80 209.90 6.263 0.46357 3.7289 2450667.6 5.5 13.0
Giacobini-
Zinner 359.22 172.52 194.68 31.828 0.70649 3.5229 2448725.7 9.0 15.5
Grigg-Skjellerup 2.87 359.27 212.63 21.104 0.66433 2.9633 2448825.6 12.5 17.0
Gunn 358.78 196.79 67.86 10.378 0.31632 3.6010 2450288.9 5.0 10.0
Halley 0.12 111.85 58.14 162.239 0.96728 17.9415 2446470.9 5.5 13.0
Hartley 2 359.41 180.74 219.24 13.63 0.70037 3.4432 2450804.3 10.5 14.5
Honda-Mrkos-
Padusakova 0.39 326.05 88.48 4.257 0.82512 3.0211 2451998.3 13.5 18.0
Kopff 2.11 162.76 120.28 4.724 0.54408 3.4645 2450266.6 3.0 13.5
Olbers 359.84 64.41 85.16 44.67 0.93031 16.8666 2460491.9 5.0 11.5
Pons-Winnecke 359.31 172.30 92.75 22.302 0.63443 3.4354 2450084.9 10.0 16.0
Schaumasse 358.79 57.45 80.39 11.846 0.70487 4.0734 2449050.6 9.0 15.5
Schwassmann-
Wachmann 2 358.59 18.33 113.57 4.552 0.19529 4.2357 2452292.9 7.6 14.0
Tempe12 1.91 195.00 117.54 11.980 0.52282 3.1051 2451429.9 4.0 15.0
Tempel-Tuttle 0.24 172.52 234.58 162.49 0.90551 10.335 2450872.5 9.0 13.0
Tuttle-Giacobini-
Kresik 358.80 61.68 140.82 9.230 0.65642 3.1003 2449927.1 10.0 18.0
Wild 2 357.74 41.70 135.53 3.248 0.54023 3.4422 2450575.1 6.5 13.0
Wirtanen 0.06 356.15 81.61 11.683 65225 3.1152 2448520.1 9.0 15.5
Wolf 2.13 162.29 203.44 27.483 0.40560 4.0843 2448862.6 10.0 16.0
Table 18: This list of short period comets (period <200 clear (Mz)magnitudes. All comets are affected by nongrav-
yr) has been drawn from a much larger list compiled by D. itational forces related to sublimation of ices (HaO, COa,
Yeomans (priv. comm.) and are themselves primarily taken N, NH2, etc.) which can significantly change the orbit over
from Minor Planet Circulars (also see [117]). The material time, especially the timings of perihelion passage. Some as-
includes orbital data (epoch 1950): a, e, I, &, w, a, the Julian teroids such as 944 Hildalgo may be extinct comets.
date of perihelion passage and the absolute (Mr)and nu-
26 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
Table 19: See Cox et al. [26] for general summary of result [70]. The solar constant varies by 0.04% during a
solar science. References: a) Alcock [2]; b) Davies et al. solar cycle. During solar maximum, sunspots can change
[29]; c) Allen [I]; d) Smoot et al. [99]; e) SMM/ACRIM the solar constant by l/4% during one rotation.
YODER 27
Table 20: Standard model by Cox, Gudzik and Kidman models 1451 differ for internal radius < O.l& and which
[26] which constrains the metallicity factor Z = 0.02 and the have 10% lower central pressure and density.
helium mass fraction to Y = 0.291. Competing “standard” a: Pressure column reads: 2.477 + 17 = 2.477 x lOI’.
Table 21: Evolution of solar luminosity, radius, central the increase in luminosity is primarily due to a change in
temperature T,, pressure P, and density pc, from solar ig- photospheric radius.
nition at zero age to the present at 4.6 Gy [26]. Note that
Acknowledgements. I wish to thank to a variety of in- D. Yeomans, but not excluding many others. This paper
dividuals who contributed material or reviewed this paper, presents the results of one phase of research carried out at
including J. Campbell, R. Gross, A. Harris, A. Konopliv, D. the Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Tech-
Nicholson, G. Null, W. Owen Jr., N. Rappaport, M. Stan- nology, under NASA Contract NAS 7-100, supported by the
dish, S. Synnott, P. Thomas, J. Wahr, J. G. Williams and National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
28 ASTROMETRIC AND GEODETIC DATA
REFERENCES
l.Allen, C. W., Astrophysical Quanti- Academic Press, New York, 598pp, 26.Cox, A. N., W. C. Livingston and
ties (3rd ed.), Atholone Press, Lon- 1961. M. S. Matthews, Solar Interior and
don, 31Opp, 1985. 14. Burns, J. A., Some background Atmosphere, Univ. of Arizona Press.
2.Altrock, R. C., H. L. DeMastus, J. about satellites, in Satellites, edited Tucson, 1416pp, 1991.
W. Evans, S. L. Keil, D. F. Neidig, R. by J. A. Burns and M. S. Matthews, 27.Davies, M. E., P. G. Rogers and T.
R. Radick, R. R. and G. W. Simon, Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, l-38, R. Colvin, A control network of Tri-
The Sun, in Handbook of Geophysics 1986. ton, J. Geophys. Res., 96, 15675-
and the Space Environment, edited 15.Buie, M. W., D. J. Tholen and K. 15681, 1991.
by A. S. Jursa, Air Force Geophysics Horne, Albedo maps of Pluto and 28.Davies, M. E., V. K. Abalkin, A.
Laboratory, 1.1-1.25, 1985. Charon: initial mutual event results, Brahic, M. Bursa, B. H. Chovitz, J.
3.Anderson, J. D., G. Colombo, P. Icarus, 97, 211-227, 1992. H. Lieske, P. K. Seidelmann, A. T.
B. Esposito, E. L. Lau and G. B. 16.Campbel1, J. K. and S. P. Synnott, Sinclair and Y. S. Tjuflin, Report
Trager, The mass and gravity field of Gravity field of the jovian system of the IUA/IAG/COSPAR working
Mercury, Icarus, 71, 337-349, 1987. from pioneer and voyager tracking, group on cartographic coordinates
4.Avensov, G. A. et. al, Television ob- Astron. J., 90,364-372, 1985. and rotational elements of the plan-
servations of Phobos, Nature, 341, 17.Campbel1, J. K. and J. D. Anderson, ets and satellites: 199i, ‘Icarus, 53,
585-587, 1989. Gravity field of the Saturnian system 377-397, 1992.
5.Balmino, G., B. Moynot and N. from Pioneer and Voyager tracking 29.Davies, M. E. and 8 authors, The ro-
Vales, Gravity Field of Mars in data,Astron. J., 97, 1485-1495, 1989. tation period, direction of the north
spherical harmonics up to degree and 18.Caputo, M., The minimum strength pole, and geodetic control network of
order 18, J. Geophys. Res., 87, 9735- of the earth, J. Geophys. Res., 70, Venus, J. Geophys. Res., 97, 13141-
9746, 1982. 953-963, 1965. 13151, 1992.
G.Baron, R. L., R. G. French, and J. lg.Cartwright, D. E. and R. D. Ray, 30.Dermott, S. F. and P. C. Thomas,
L. Elliot, The oblateness of Uranus Oceanic tides from Geosat, J. Geo- The shape and internal structure of
at the I-pbar level, Icarus, 78, 119- phys. Res., 95, 3069-3090, 1990. Mimas, Icarus, 73, 25-65, 1988.
130, 1989. 20. Chandrasekhar, S., Ellipsoidal Fig- 31.Dermott, S. F. and P. C: Thomas,
7.Basaltic Volcanism Study Project, ures of Equilibrium, Yale Univ. Shapes, masses and interiors of satel-
Basaltic Volcanism on the Terrestrial Press, New Haven, CN, 1969. lites, Adv. Space Res., 10, 165-172,
Planets, Pergamon Press, New York, 21.Chapront-Touze, M., and J. Cha- 1990.
1286pp., 1981. pront, ELP2000-85: a semianalytic 32.Dickey, J. O., P. L. Bender, J. E.
8.Batson, R. M., K. Edwards and T. lunar ephemeris adequate for histor- Failer, X X Newhall, R. L. Ricklets,
C. Duxbury, Geodesy and Cartog- ical times, Astron. Astrophys., 190, J. G. Ries, P. J. Shelus,,!‘C. Veil-
raphy of the Martian satellites, in 342-352, 1988. let, A. L. Whipple, J. R.%iant, J.
Mars, edited by H. H. Kieffer, B. 22.Cheng, M. K., R. J. Eanes and B. G. Williams and C. F. Yoder, Lunar
M. Jakosky, C.W. Snyder and M. S. D. Tapley, Tidal deceleration of the laser ranging: A continuing legacy
Matthews, Univ. of Arizona Press, Moon’s mean motion, Geophys. J., , of the Apollo Program, Science, 265,
Tucson, 1992. 401-409, 19912 482-490, 1994.
9.Bills, B. G. and A. J. Ferrari, A har- 23.Clark, C. R. and R. 0. Vicente, 33.Duxbury, T. C., An analytic model
monic analysis of lunar topography, Maximal likelihood estimates of po- for the Phobos surface, Planet. Space
Icarus, 31, 244-259, 1977. lar motion parameters, in Variations Sci., 39, 355-376, 1991.
lO.Bills, B. G. and A. J. Ferrari, Mars’ in earth rotation, edited by D. D. Mc- 34.Elliot, J.L. and L. A. Young, Anal-
topography harmonics and geophys- Carthy and W. E. Carter, American ysis of stellar occultation data for
ical implications, .I. Geophys. Res., Geophysical Union monograph, 151- planetary atmospheres. I: model fit-
83, 3497-3508, 1978. 155, 1990. ting, with application to Pluto, As-
ll.Bills, B. G. and M. Kobrick, Venus 24.Cook, A. H., The external gravity tron. J., 103, 991-1015, 1992.
topography: a harmonic analysis,J. field of a rotating spheroid to the or- 35. Ephemerides of the minor planets for
Geophys. Res., 90, 827-836, 1985. der of e3, Geophys. J. R. Astr. Sot., 1993, Russian Academy of Sciences,
12.Borderies, N. and C. F. Yoder, Pho- 2 ,199-214, 1959. Institute for Theoretical Astronomy,
bos’ gravity field and its influence on 25.Connerney, J. E. P., L. Davis Jr. and edited by Y. V. Batrakov, St. Peters-
its orbit and physical librations, As- D. L. Chenette, in Saturn, edited by berg, 511pp, 1992.
tron. Astrophys., 233, 235-251, 1990. T. Gehrels and M. S. Matthews , 36,Esposito, L. W., C. C. Harris and
13.Brouwer, D. and G. M. Clemence, Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, 354- K. E. Simmons, Features in Saturn’s
Methods of Celestial Mechanics, 377, 1984. rings, Aatrophya. J. Supp., 63, 749-
YODER 29
770, 1987. phys. Res., 91, 385-401, 1986. Sjogren, G. Balmino and J. P. Bar-
37.Esposito, P. B., W. B. Banerdt, G. F. 47.Harper D. and D. B. Taylor, The or- riot, Venus gravity and topography:
Lindal, W. L. Sjogren, M. A. Slade, bits of the major satellites of Saturn, 60th degree and order field, Geophys-
B. G. Bills, D. E. Smith and G. Astron. Astrophys., in press, 1993. ical Res. Lett., in press, 1993.
Balmino, Gravity and Topography, 48.Heiken, G. H., D. V. Vaniman and B. 61.Konopliv, A. S., W. L. Sjogren, R.
in Mars, edited by H. H. Kieffer, B. M. French Lunar Sourcebook, Cam- N. Wimberly, R. A. Cook and A. Vi-
M. Jabosky, C. W. Snyder and M. bridge University Press and L.P.I., jayaraghaven, A high resolution lu-
S. Matthews, Univ. of Arizona Press, Houston TX, 1993. nar gravity field and predicted orbit
Tucson, 209-248, 1992. 49.Herring, T. A., B. A. Buffett, P. M. behavior, AAS/AIAA Astrodynam-
38.Ferrari, A. J., W. S. Sinclair, W. Mathews and I. I. Shapiro, Forced its Conf., AIAA/AAS, 93-622,. Vic-
L. Sjogren, J. G. Williams and C. nutations of the earth: influence of toria BC, 1993.
F. Yoder, Geophysical Parameters of inner core dynamics 3. Very long in- 62.Lambeck, K., The earth’s vari-
the earth-moon system, J. Geophys. terferometry data analysis, J. Geo- able rotation, Cambridge university
Res., 85, 3939- 3951, 1980. phys. Res., 96, 8259-8273, 1991. press, Cambridge, 449pp, 1980.
39.French, F. G., J. L. Elliot, L. M. 50.Hubbard, W. M. and R. Smolu- 63.Landgraf, W., The mass of Ceres,
French, K. J. Meech, M. E. Ressler, chowski, Structure of Jupiter and Astron. Astrophys., 191, 161-166,
M. W. Buie, J. A. Frogel, J. B. Saturn, Space Sci. Rev., 14, 599-662, 1988.
Holberg, J. J. Fuensalida and M. 1973. 64.Laskar, J. and P. Robutel, The
Joy, Uranian ring orbits from Earth- 51.Hubbard, W. M. , Effects of differen- chaotic obliquity of the planets, Na-
based and Voyager occultation data, tial rotation on the gravitational fig- ture,361, 608-612, 1993.
Icarus, 73, 349-378, 1988. ures of Jupiter and Saturn, Icarus, 65. Lieske, J. H., Galilean satellite evolu-
40.French, R. G. et al., Uranian ring or- 52, 509-515, 1982. tion: observational evidence for secu-
bits from Earth-based and Voyager 52.Hubbard, W. B. and M. S. Mar- lar changes in mean motion, Astron.
occultation observations, Icarus, 73, ley, Optimized Jupiter, Saturn and Astrophys., 176, 146-158, 1988.
349-378, 1988. Uranus Interior models, Icarus, 78, 66.Lindal, G. F., The atmosphere of
41.French, R. G., P. D. Nicholson, C. 102-118, 1989. Jupiter: an analysis of the radio oc-
C. Porco and E. A. Marouf, Dy- 53. Jacobson, R. A., J. E. Riedel and cultation measurements, J. Geophys.
namics of the Uranian rings, in A. H. Taylor, The orbits of Triton Res., 86, 8721-8727, 1981.
Uranus edited by edited by J. T. and Nereid from spacescraft observa- 67.Lindal, G. F., D. N. Sweetnam and
Bergsthralh, E. D. Miner and M. S. tions, Astron. Astrophys., 247, 565- V. R. Eshelman, The atmosphere of
Matthews, Univ. Arizona Press, Tuc- 575,1991. Saturn: an analysis of the Voyager
son, 327-409, 1991. 54.Horn, L. J., J. Hui, A. L. Lane, R. M. radio occultation measurements, As-
42.French, R. G. et al., Geometry of the Nelson and C. T. Russell, Saturn A tron. J., 90, 1136-1146, 1985.
Saturn system from the 3 July 1989 ring surface mass densities from spi- 68.Lindal, G. F., J. R. Lyons, D. N.
occultation of 28 Sgr and Voyager ral density wave dispersion behavior, Sweetham, V. R. Eshleman, D. P.
observations, Icarus, 10.3, 1993. Icarus, in press, 1993. Hinson and G. L. Tylor, The atmos-
43.Gaskel1, R. W., S. P. Synnott, A. S. 55.Jacobson, R. A., J. K. Campbell, A. phere of Uranus: results of radio
McEwen and G. G. Schaber, Large H. Taylor and S. P. Synnott, The occultation measurements with Voy-
scale topography of 10: implications masses of Uranus and its major satel- ager 2, J. Geophys. Res., 92, 14,987-
for internal structure and heat trans- lites from Voyager tracking data and 15,001, 1987.
fer, Geophys. Res. Letters, 15, 581- earth-based Uranian satellite data, 69.Lindal, G. F., An analysis of radio
584, 1988. Astron. J., 103, 2068-2078, 1992. occulation data aquired with Voy-
44.Goins, N. , A. M. Dainty and M. N. 56. Jefferies, H., The Earth, Cambridge ager 2, Astron. J., 103, 967-982,
Toksoz, Lunar Seismology: the inter- University Press, Cambridge, 574pp, 1992.
nal structure of the moon, J. Geo- 1976. 7O,Livingston, W., R. F. Donnelly, V.
phys. Res., 86, 5061-5074, 1981. 57.Kaula, W. M., Theory of satellite Grioryev, M. L. Demidov, J. Lean,
45.Guzik, J. A. and Y. Lebreton, So- geodesy, Blaisdell, Waltham, 124pp, M. Steffan, 0. R. White and R.
lar interior models, in Solar Inte- 1966. L. Willson, Sun as a star spec-
rior and Atmosphere, edited by A. 58.Kaula, W. M., An Introduction to trum variability, in Solar interior
N. Cox, W. C. Livingston snd M. S., Planetary Physics, John Wiley & and Atmosphere, edited by A, N,
Matthews, Univ. of Arizona Press, Sons, Nezu York, 49Opp, 1968. Cox, W. C. Livingston and M. S.
Tucson, 1235-1248, 1991. 59.Klavetter, J. G., Rotation of Hype- Matthews, Univ. of Arizona Press,
46.Harmon, J. K., J. B. Campbell, D. rion. II dynamics, Astron. J., 98, Tucson, 1109-1160, 1991.
L. Bindschadler, J. W. Head and I. 1855-1874, 1989. 71.Marsh, J. G., F. J. Lerch, B. H.
I. Shapiro, Radar altimetry of Mer- 60.Konopliv, A. S., N. J. Borderies, P. Putney, T. L. Felsentreger, B. V.
cury: a preliminary analysis, J. Geo- W. Chodas, E. J. Christensen, W. L. Sanchez, S. M. Klosko, G. B. Patel,
30 ASTROMETRICANDGEODETICDATA
J.W. Robbins, R. G. Williamson, T. 83.Nul1, G. W., W. M. Owen Jr., S. 97’.Sinclair, R. A., The orbits of the
L. En&, W. F. Eddy, N. L. Chan- P. Synnott, Masses and densities of satellites of Mars from spacecraft
dler, D. S. Chinn, S. Kapoor, K. Pluto and Charon, A&on. J., 105, and ground-based observations, As-
E. Rachlin, L. E. Braatz and E. C. 2319, 1993. tron. Astrophys., 220, 321-328, 1989.
Pavlis, The GEM-T2 gravitational 84.Owen, W. M. Jr. and S. P. Synnott, 98.Smart, W. M., Celestial Mechanics,
model, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 22043- Orbits of the ten small satellites of John Wiley, New York, 381pp, 1961.
22071, 1990. Uranus, Astron. J., 93, 1268-1271, 99.Smoot, G. F. plus 27 authors, Struc-
72.McFadden, L. A. , D. J. Tholen 1987. ture in the COBE differential mi-
and G. J. Vedder, Physical proper- 85.Owen, W. M. Jr., A theory of the crowave Radiometer first year maps,
ties of Aten, Apollo and Amor As- earth’s precession relative to the in- Astrophys. J., 396, Ll-L6, 1992.
teroids, in Asteroids II, edited by variable plane, PhD Thesis, Univer- lOO.Souchay, J. and H. Kinoshita, Com-
R. P. Binzel, T. Gehrels and M. S. sity of Florida, 1990. parison of new nutation series with
Matthews, Univ. of Arizona Press, 86.Owen, W. M. Jr., R. M. Vaughan numerical integration, Gel. Me&. ,
Tucson, 1258pp, 1992. and S. J. Synnott, Orbits of the six 52, 45-55, 1991.
73.McNamee, J.B., N. J. Borderies, W. new satellites of Neptune, Astron. J., lOl.Stacey, F.D., Physics of the Earth,
L. Sjogren, Global Gravity and To- 101, 1511-1515, 1991. John Wiley, New York, 414pp, 1977.
pography, J. Geophys. Res., Planets, 87.Peale, S. J., Generalized Cassini 102.Standish, E. M. jr. and R. W.
98, 9113-9128, 1993. Laws, Astron. J., 74, 483-489, 1969. Hellings, A determination of the
74.Moritz, H., Geodetic reference sys- 88.Plummer, H. C., An Introductory masses of Ceres, Pallas and Vesta
tem 1980, in The Geodesist’s Hand- Treatise on Dynamical Astronomy, from their perturbations upon the
book: 1984, edited by C. C. Tschern- Dover, New York, 343~~. 1960. orbit of Mars, Icarus, 80, 326-333,
ing, 58, 1984. 89.Podolak, M. B., W. M. Hub- 1989.
75.Morrison, L. V. and C. G. Ward, bard and D. J. Stevenson, Mod- 103.Standish, E. M., The observational
Mon. Not. Roy. astr. Sot., 173, 183, els of Uranus’ interior and magnetic basis for JPL’s DE 200, the plane-
1975. field, in Uranus, edited by J. T. tary ephemerides of the Astronom-
76.Nakamura, Y., G. V. Latham and Bergsthralh, E. D. Miner and M. S. ical Almanac, Astron. Astrophys.,
H. J. Dorman, Apollo lunar seismic Matthews, Univ. Arizona Press, Tuc- 235, 252-271, 1990.
experiment - final summary, J. Geo- son, 29-61, 1991. 104.Synnott, S. P., R. J. Terrile, R. A.
phys. Res., 87, a117-a123, 1981. 90.Rapp, R. H. , Current estimates of Jacobson and B. A. Smith, Orbits of
77. Nakamura, Y., Seismic velocity the mean earth ellipsoid parameters, Saturn’s F-Ring and its shepherding
structure of the lunar mantle, J. Geophys. Res. Left., 1, 35-38, 1974. satellites, Icarus, 53, 156-258, 1983.
Geophys. Res., 88, 677-686, 1983. Sl.Rosen, P. A., G. L. Tyler, E. F. 105.Synnott, S. P., Orbits of the small
78.Ness, F.N., M. H. Acuna, L. F. Marouf and J. J. Lissauer, .,Reso- satellites of Jupiter, Icarus, 58, 178-
Burlaga, J. E. P. Connerney, and F. nance structures in Saturn’s rings 181, 1984.
M. Lepping, Magnetic Fields at Nep- probed by radio occultation, Icarus, 106.Thomas, P. C., C. Weitz and J.
tune, Science, 246, 1473-1477, 1989. 32, 25-44, 1991. Veverka, Small satellites of Uranus:
79.Nicholson, P.D. and C.L. Porco, A 92.Russel1, C. T., P. J. Coleman Jr. Disk-integrated photometry and es-
new constraint on Saturn’s zonal and B. E. Goldstein, Measurements timated radii, Icarus, 81, 92-101,
gravity harmonics from Voyager ob- of the lunar induced magnetic mo- 1989.
servations of an eccentric ringlet, ment in the geomagnetic tail: evi- 107.Thomas, P. C., The shape of small
J. Geophys Res., 93, 10209-10224, dence for a lunar core, Proc. Lunar satellites, Icarus, 77, 248-274,1989.
1988. Planet. Sci., f2B, 831-836, 1981. 108.Thomas, P. C. and S. F. Dermott,
80.Nicholson, P. D. and L. Dones, Plan-, 93.Schol1, H., L. D. Schmadel and S. The Shape of Tethys, Icarus, 94, 391-
etary Rings, Rev. of Geophysics, 313- Roser, The mass of the asteroid(l0) 398, 1991.
327, 1991. Hygeia derived from observations of lOg.Torge, W., Geodesy, Walter de
81.Nicholson, P. D., D. P. Hamilton, (829) Academia, Astron. Astrophys., Gruyter, New York, 254pp, 1980.
K. A. Matthews and C. F. Yoder, 179, 311-316, 1987. llO.Turcotte, D. L. and G. Schubart,
New observations of Saturn’s coor- 94.Schubart, J., The mass of Pallas, As- Geodynamics, John Wiley & Sons,
bital satellites, Icarus, 100, 464-484, tron. Astrophys., 39, 147-148, 1975. New York, 45Opp, 1982.
1993. 95.Seidelmann P. K. (editor), Explana- lll.Tyler, G. L. and 17 authors, Ra-
82.Nul1, G. W., E. L. Lau, E. D. Biller tory supplement to the astronomical dio Science observations of Neptune
and J. D. Anderson, Saturn Grav- almanac, University Science Books, and Triton, Science, 246, 1466-14’73,
ity results obtained from Pioneer 11 Mill Valley, 752pp, 1992. 1989.
tracking data and Earth-based Sat- 96.Sellers, P. C., Seismic Evidence for a 112.Ward, W. R. and D. Jurdy, Resonant
urn satellite data, Astron. J., 86, low-velocity lunar core , J. Geophys. Obliquity of Mars?, Icarus, 94, 160-
456-468, 1981. Res., 97, 11663-11672, 1992. 164, 1991.
YODER 31
113. Williams, J. G., W. S. Sinclair and 1994. H. Salo, Orbits and masses of Sat-
C. F. Yoder, Geophys. Res. Lett., 5, ll?‘.Yeomans, D. and R. N. Wimberly, urn’s coorbiting satellites, Janus and
943-946, 1978. Cometary apparitions: 1990-2011, in Epimetheus, A&on. J., 98, 1875-
114. Williams, J. G., X X Newhall and J. Comets in the Post-Halley Era: Vol. 1889, 1989.
0. Dickey, Lunar gravitational har- 11, edited by R. L. Newburn, M. 122.Young L. A. , C. B. Olkin, J. L. El-
monies and the reflector coordinates, Neugebauer and J. Rahe, 1281-1308, liot, D. J. Tholen and M. W. Buie,
in Proc. Int. Symp. Figure and Dy- 1991. The Charon-Pluto mass ratio from
namics of the Earth, Moon and Plan- llB.Yoder, C. F. and W. R. Ward, Does MKO astrometry, Icarus, 108, 186-
ets, Prague, 1986, Hotola, P. ed., Venus wobble?, Ap. J. Letters, 233, 199, 1994.
643-648 , 1987. L33-L37, 1979. 123.Young L. A. and R. P. Binzel, A new
115.Williams, J. G. , X. X. Newhall and llg.Yoder, C. F.,The free librations of a determination of radii and limb pa-
J. 0. Dickey, Diurnal and semidiur- dissipative moon, Philos. Trans. R. rameters for Pluto and Charon from
nal contributions to lunar secular ac- Sot. London Ser. A, 303, 327-338, mutual event data, Icarus, 108, 219-
celeration, EOS, 73, 126, 1992. 1981. 224, 1994.
116.Williams, J. G., Contributions to the 120.Yoder, C. F., The tidal rigidity of 124.Zharkov, V. N. and V. P. Trubit-
earth’s obliquity rate, precession and Phobos, Icarus, 49, 327-345, 1982. syn, Physics of Planetary interiors,
nutation, Astron. J., 108, 711-724, 121.Yoder, C. F., S. P. Synnott and Pachart Publishing, Tucson, 388pp,
1978.
Geoid, Topography and Distribution of Landforms
Anny Cazenave
X (CnmCOS mh + Snm sin mh ) Pnm(Sin Cp) (2) C22 = --1_@22-I11) S22 - I12 (6)
4MR2 2MR2
where R is equatorial radius, r, g, h are spherical
The choice of the coordinate system is usually made with
coordinates of point P. P,, (sin cp)is Legendre polynomial
of degree n and order m. C,, and S,, refer to the Stokes’ the assumption that the z-axis lies close to the mean axis of
coefficients which represent integral functions of the mass rotation and mean axis of maximum inertia. Since the latter
two are close together, C21 and S21 are small quantities.
distribution inside the Earth [ 1,2]
C20 is the largest of all Stokes’ coefficients. It is called the
dynamical flattening. It is on the order of 10-3. All other
A. Cazenave. Groupe de Recherche de Gdoddsie Spatiale, coefficients are on the order of 10-6.
Centre National d’Etudes Spatiales, 18 Av E. Belin, 31400 Stokes’ coefficients are classicaly derived from the
Toulouse, France analysis of orbital perturbations of Earth’ satellites. Sets of
Global Earth Physics Cnml Snm coefficients are improved regularly. Table 1
A Handbook of Physical Constants
gives the first Cnm, Snm coefficients (up to degree 6) of
AGU Reference Shelf 1
the GEM-T3 geopotential model [3]. The coefficients are
normalized, i.e., are multiplied by a normalization factor TABLE 1. Spherical Harmonic Normalized Coefficients of
equal to the GEM-T3 Geopotential Model (units of 106)
and 1 0
1 1
l/2
[
(n + m)!
2(2n+l)(n-m)! 1 for n # 0 (8)
2
2
2
0
1
2
-484.1651
2.439 -1.400
The GEM-T3 model, complete to degree and order 50, is 3 0 0.9572
derived from tracking data of 31 satellites and combines 3 1 2.0277 0.2492
satellite altimeter data over oceans and surface gravimetric 3 2 0.9045 -0.6194
data. Other combined geopotential models have been 3 3 0.7203 1.4139
derived up to degree 360 [4]. 4 0 0.5395
The long-wavelength geoid surface (equipotential surface 4 1 -0.5361 -0.4734
of the Earth gravity field coinciding with the mean sea 4 2 0.3502 0.6630
level) is presented in Figure 1. It is based on the Cnm, Snm 4 3 0.9909 -0.2009
coefficients of the GEM-T3 model up to degree 50. 4 4 -0.1888 0.3094
During the past decade, shorter wavelength geoid 5 0 0.0683
undulations have been mapped directly by altimetric 5 1 -0.0582 -0.0960
satellites over the whole oceanic domain. Figure 2 shows 5 2 0.6527 -0.3239
the medium and short-wavelength geoid undulations 5 3 -0.4523 -0.2153
mapped by the Geosat satellite. Geoid undulations are due 5 4 a.2956 0.0497
to density heterogeneities in the mantle. At the shortest 5 5 0.1738 -0.6689
wavelengths, geoid undulations result from topography and 6 0 -0.1495
crustal density variations. 6 1 -0.0769 0.0269
6 2 0.0487 -0.3740
6 3 0.0572 0.0094
1.2. Power Spectrum of the Geopotential
6 4 -0.0868 -0.4713
The power spectrum or degree variance of the
6 5 -0.2673 -0.5367
geopotential is given by
6 6 0.0096 -0.2371
-60
-90
0 20 40 60 60 100 120 140 160 160 200 220 240 260 260 300 320 340 360
Longitude
Fig. 1 : Long-wavelength geoid surface deduced from the Cnm, Snm (up to n = 50) coefficients of the
geopotential (GEM-T3 model, [3]). The Cnm, Snm coefficients are derived from the analysis of orbital
perturbations of a large number of geodetic satellites in different inclinations (Level curves at 5 m
interval). Solid and dashed curves correspond respectively to positive and negative geoid anomalies.
g=gradW (14) The deflection of the vertical has two components (north-
south 5 and east-west 11). The relationships between
The gravity perturbation vector on the geoid is given by components &, and q of the deflection of the vertical, and
CAZENAVE 35
b lfib 120 140 160 2d0 240 2$0 3iE 320 340 368
-5 I I I I I I I
2 4 6 810 20 40
HARMONIC DEGREE
geoid height and gravity anomaly are TABLE 2. Numerical Values of Earths Geodetic
Parameters According to the International Earth Rotation
Service (IERS) Standards [6]
+‘a? (17)
r acp Name Value in SI unit
[ax ay1m
-G i%+atl ,d& (19)
Observed dynamical flattening
Normalized value (C20)
m3 sm2
- 484.1651 x 10-6
Non Normalized value (J2) 1082.6362 x 10-6
x, y are local rectangular coordinates (dx = Rdq,
Equatorial radius (Re) 6378136.3 m
dy = Rcos (Pd h)
For geophysical purposes, it is sometimes convenient to Polar radius (Rp) 6356753.0 m
refer geoid height with respect to the hydrostatic reference Angular velocity (0) 7.292115 x 10m5rads-l
ellipsoid, i.e., the ellipsoid which has the hydrostatic Observed inverse flattening (f-l) 298.257
flattening of a fluid rotating Earth. Hydrostatic inverse flattening
Table 2 gives the numerical values of Earth geodetic
(fh-l) 299.638
parameters adopted by the International Earth Rotation
Equatorial gravity (ge) 9.780328 m ss2
Service (IERS) standards [6].
Polar gravity (gp) 9.832186 m se2
2.2. Isostasy Hydrostatic dynamical flattening
The principle of isostasy states that topographic masses are (C2Oh) -480.2x lo6
balanced (or compensated) by underlying mass deficiency Equatorial moments of inertia
in such a way that at a given depth (the depth of (Ill) 8 0094 x 1O37 kg m2
compensation) the pressure is hydrostatic. To a good 810096 x 1O37 kg m2
approximation, the Earth is in isostatic equilibrium. Isostatic (122)
Polar moment of inertia (133) 8.0358 x 1O37 kg m2
compensation may be achieved through a variety of
mechanisms. Most topographic loads of wavelengths < 50
km are supported by the strength of the lithosphere and are
uncompensated. In the range 50-500 km, loads are
supported by elastic flexure of the upper lithosphere. At with D* = pcH for topography above sea level and
wavelengths > 500 km, topography is in local isostatic D* = p,H + p h for topography below sea level. H is the
equilibrium or dynamically supported [7, 81. compensation d”epth.
Classical models of local isostatic compensation are Airy pw = 1.03 x lo3 kg me3, pc = 2.8 x lo3 kg mm3and
and Pratt models (Figure 5). The Airy model assumes that pm = 3.3 x lo3 kg rne3,
the topography is balanced by a crust of constant density but
For a two-dimensional locally compensated topography,
variable thickness according to
the geoid height N is given by [7]
t= P*h (20)
(Pm - PC) Z~J(X, 4 dz (22)
N=- 2T
with p* = pc for topography above sea level and
p* = pc - pw for topography below sea level. z is depth positive downward, Ap (x, z) is 2-D density
t is crustal root, h is topographic height above or below sea contrast occuring between z = 0 and z = H.
level, pw , pc and pm are seawater, crust and mantle
densities. 3. TOPOGRAPHY AND DISTRIBUTION OF
In the Pratt model, the topography is compensated by lateral LANDFORMS
density variations in a layer of constant thickness above the
depth of compensation. The variable density is
3.1. Actual Earth Topography
The Earth topography presents a bimodal distribution
pAJ!Y (21)
H+h with a peak near 0.5 km corresponding to the mean
CAZENAVE 37
AIRY MODEL
SEA LEVEL
I
oW
-5000 0 5000
TOPOGRAPHIC HEIGHTS (m)
PRATT MODEL
SEA LEVEL Fig. 6 : Histogram of the Earth topographic heights
(above and below sea level) refered to sea level.
oW
TABLE 3. Spherical Harmonic Normalized Coefficients of TABLE 4. Spherical Harmonic Nxmalized Coefficients of
the Earth’s Topography (in 103m) the Ocean-Continent Function (units of 10-l)
0 -2.3890 0 0 -7.102
1 0.6605 1 0 -1.193
1 0.6072 0.4062 1 1 -1.076 -0.5905
2 0.5644 2 0 -0.5906
2 0.3333 0.3 173 2 1 -0.3954 -0.0061
2 2 0.4208 0.0839 2 2 0.3861 -0.0117
3 0 -0.1683 3 0 0.4747
3 1 -0.1518 0.1244 3 1 0.4709 -0.3871
3 2 0.4477 0.4589 3 2 0.6450 -0.8860
3 3 0.1299 0.5733 3 3 -0.1058 -0.8214
4 0 0.3612 4 0 -0.2791
4 1 -0.2241 -0.2563 4 1 0.3633 0.2661
4 2 -0.3928 0.0716 4 2 0.8801 -0.2185
4 3 0.3761 -0.1291 4 3 -0.4984 0.0526
4 4 -0.6387 0.4703 4 4 0.1571 -1.0180
5 0 -0.55 14 5 0 1.0320
5 1 -0.0406 -0.0770 5 1 -0.0379 0.1281
5 2 -0.0216 -0.1577 5 2 0.4983 0.2619
5 3 0.1232 0.0386 5 3 -0.3027 -0.1275
5 4 0.5254 -0.0654 5 4 -0.9289 0.3000
5 5 -0.0549 0.2276 5 5 0.0058 -0.4907
6 0 0.2567 6 0 -0.3264
6 1 0.0013 -0.0171 6 0.0612 0.1712
6 2 0.0247 -0.1323 6 0.1454 -0.0220
6 3 0.0601 0.1865 6 0.0129 -0.2713
6 4 0.1960 -0.1737 6 -0.2704 0.2420
6 5 -0.1076 -0.2075 6 0.1984 0.2467
6 6 0.0354 0.0282 6 -0.0623 -0.1399
C=n~Om~O(COnnCOSmh+SOnnSinmh )
REFERENCES
1. Heiskanen, W. A., and H. Moritz, 4. Rapp, R.H., and N.K. Pavlis, The Geodynamics, John Wiley and
Physical Geodesy, W. H. Freeman development and analysis of Sons, N. Y., 1982.
Publ. Co., San Francisco, 1967. geopotential coefficient models to 8. Lambeck, K., Geophysical
2. Sanso, F., and R. Rummel, Theory spherical harmonic degree 360, J. Geodesy ; The slow deformation
of satellite geodesy and gravity Geophys. Res., 95, 21885-21911, of the Earth, Clarendon Press,
field determination, Lecture Notes 1990. Oxford, 1988.
in Earth Sciences, Springer- 5. Kaula, W. M., Theory of Satellite 9. Pavlis, N. K., The OSUJAN89
Verlag, N. Y., 1989. Geodesy, Blaisdell Publ. Co., N. Global topographic data base.
3. Lerch, F. J. et al., A geopotential Y., 1966. Origin, set-up and characteristics,
model from satellite tracking, 6. IERS Standards, Technical Report, Internal Report, Department of
altimeter and surface gravity data: Central Bureau of IERS, Geodetic Science and Surveying,
GEM-T3, J. Geophys. Res., 99, Observatoire de Paris, 1992. Ohio State University, Columbus,
28 15-2839, 1994. 7. Turcotte, D. L., and G. Schubert, Ohio, 1989.
Global Magnetic Field
Jeremy Bloxham
Down data for main field modelling by Coleman [lo] and Hood
[I31.
Fig. 1. Geomagnetic field elements. The first satellite measurements of the field were
made almost 25 years ago by Sputnik 3. Near global
coverage was achieved with the POGO series of satel-
field intensity (H), or the total field intensity (F). Ob- lites from 1965 to 1971, which measured the total field
servations of three oriented orthogonal components of intensity; Magsat in late 1979 and early 1980 achieved
the field at a point in space are commonly referred to near global measurement of 3 orthogonal components of
as vector observations; other observations are referred the field. Magsat remains unsurpassed in the quality
to as scalar measurements. of data provided, although several more recent satel-
lite missions have provided useful data. These include
2.1. Modern Data the DE2 satellite in 1982, and the POGS satellite (part
The first magnetic observatory was established over of the U.S. Defense Meteorological Satellite Program)
150 years ago. Since then, a large number of observa- launched in 1990. Satellite data are reviewed by Lange1
tories have been founded, many of which have subse- and Baldwin [21].
quently closed or relocated. The present network of
permanent magnetic observatories represents an invalu- 2.2. Historical Data
able source of information on the secular variation. The last decade has seen a resurgence of interest in
For mapping the main field (the part of the geomag- using historical measurements of the field to extend the
netic field originating in the Earth’s core) and the sec- timescale over which the field can be studied; a recent
ular variation magnetic observatory data are normally review is given by Jackson [17]. Adequate observations
reduced to an annual mean, generally the mean of all exist for mapping the global magnetic field back to the
hourly means during a given year. This averaging re- 17th century. These observations consist mostly of ma-
moves much of the contamination,due to external field rine survey data early in the period, with an increasing
variations, though contamination from solar cycle vari- number of land based survey measurements and some
ations remains as a leading source of noise in the rate- permanent magnetic observatory measurements later in
of-change of field at some observatories. In addition the period. Many problems are encountered with these
a large quasi-stationary offset is present due to the lo- data, especially owing to the uncertainty in the geo-
cal crustal field at the observatory site. This offset has graphical coordinates of the observation points, a prob-
been the subject of much attention, especially recently lem that was especially great prior to the advent of reli-
[16,23]. Generally the data are further reduced to yield able chronometers for the determination of longitude in
the X (north), Y (east), and 2 (vertically downward) 1768. Despite much work, the compilation of these data
components of the field in the local geodetic coordinate is incomplete, and it is likely that a substantial num-
system. ber of measurements remain to be included. The data
Magnetic survey and repeat station data greatly ex- available are summarised in Table 1. For more complete
pand the geographical coverage of magnetic observa- accounts of the problems associated with using histori-
BLOXHAM 49
TABLE 1. Compiled Historical Data determination of the field at the core-mantle boundary.
Time Period Number of Data The components of the field in spherical polar coor-
1600 - 1699 3 135 dinates are then given by
1700 - 1799 10 042
B, = -g
1800 ~ 1899 45 494
= 2 -&(l+ 1) (4>1+2 x
1x1 m=O
cal data for global magnetic field mapping see [4,8,14].
In Table 1 we summarise the approximate number of
(gr(t) cosm~#~+ hr(t) sinm$) P,“(cose)
data that are available prior to 1900. Generally, maps
1dV
of the field for this period use all the available data, and Bs = -_- (5)
would benefit from additional data. r de
= -5 2 (3)“” x
3. ,THE GLOBAL MAGNETIC FIELD
l=lrn=O.”
dy ccose)
Maps of the global magnetic field aim to describe (g?(t) cos mq5 + h?(t) sin m$) de
the magnetic field originating in the Earth’s core (the
main field). Inevitably, these maps are contaminated by
the crustal field at all wavelengths. These maps may be B4 = --- i av
(6)
used either to study the core field, or to produce a refer-
rsine a$
ence field at the Earth’s surface to be used, for example, = 2 k (;)1+2 x
as a baseline for crustal surveys, or for navigation.
Z=lrn=O
tion for secular variation within the time window. The s&i. l
The Taylor expansion is just a special case of this more 3.2. Representative Field Models
general representation of the time dependency of the The most widely used field model is the International
field. Geomagnetic Reference Field (IGRF). The latest revi-
One further aspect of field modelling is the choice of sion of the IGRF (1991 Revision) includes nine Defini-
truncation level L in the spherical harmonic expansion tive Geomagnetic Reference Field (DGRF) models (at
(2) and N in the temporal expansion (8). The models five year intervals from 1945 to 1985) and a model for
discussed in this summary fall into two classes: trun- the period 1990-1995 (IGRF 1990), which consists of
cated models where L and N are prescribed, and the the main field and the first time derivative at 1990. The
remaining coefficients determined by a least squares pro- IGRF is tabulated in Table 2. However, the IGRF has
cedure; and converged models where L and N are chosen several shortcomings. It is based on a truncation of the
large enough that the series (2) and (8) have converged, spherical harmonic expansion at degree 10 which un-
with some regularization imposed on the expansions to necessarily excludes part of the main field resolved by
force convergence. Truncation can exacerbate some of recent data. Furthermore, by design the IGRF does not
the problems associated with uneven data distribution yield a model of the field at all points in time. Partly
leading to models with spurious detail in areas of poor because of these shortcomings, a large number of other
data coverage, and converged models require a rather models of the field are used, especially in studies of the
subjective choice of regularization, so neither is without core which are narticularlv sensitive to these problems.
shortcomings. In Table 3 we list a number of models that have been
How is the truncation level, or degree of regulariza- produced recently. Our list is not comprehensive: more
tion, chosen? In Figure 2 we plot the power spectrum complete lists are given by [l] and [18]. Instead we have
of the magnetic field out to spherical harmonic degree sought to give a representative list of field models that
66, calculated from model M07AV6 [9]. A change in are in current use for a range of different purposes.
the slope of the spectrum is apparent around spherical How different are these models of the field, and
harmonic degree 14 or 15. This break in the spectrum are these differences important to the user? In Ta-
has been interpreted as representing the point where the ble 4 we show the coefficients of model ufml evaluated
crustal field overwhelms the main field at the Earth’s at the epochs of the nine DGRF models, and model
surface: at longer wavelengths (lower degree) the main GSFC(9/80) evaluated at each DGRF from 1960.0 to
field dominates, and a shorter wavelengths (higher de- 1980.0. Not surprisingly, the models do not agree pre-
gree) the crustal field dominates. Accordingly, main cisely, with greater discrepancies at earlier times. In
BLOXHAM 51
TABLE 2. (continued)
I m.” 1945 1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990
-
7 3 2 0 -4 -6 -2 -4 -5 -5 -2 1
7 4 -29 -40 -32 -32 -26 -22 -14 -12 -6 1
7 4 6 10 8 7 6 8 10 16 20 20
7 5 -10 -7 -11 -7 -6 -2 0 1 4 6
7 5 28 36 28 23 26 23 22 18 17 16
7 6 15 5 9 17 13 13 12 11 10 10
7 6 -17 -18 -20 -18 -23 -23 -23 -23 -23 -23
7 7 29 19 18 8 1 -2 -5 -2 0 0
7 7 -22 -16 -18 -17 -12 -11 -12 -10 -7 -5
8 0 13 22 11 15 13 14 14 18 21 22
8 1 7 15 9 6 5 6 6 6 6 5
8 1 12 5 10 11 7 7 6 7 8 10
8 2 -8 -4 -6 -4 -4 -2 -1 0 0 -1
8 2 -21 -22 -15 -14 -12 -15 -16 -18 -19 -20
8 3 -5 -1 -14 -11 -14 -13 -12 -11 -11 -11
8 3 -12 0 5 7 9 6 4 4 5 7
8 4 9 11 6 2 0 -3 -8 -7 -9 -12
8 4 -7 -21 -23 -18 -16 -17 -19 -22 -23 -22
8 5 7 15 10 10 8 5 4 4 4 4
8 5 2 -8 3 4 4 6 6 9 11 12
8 6 -10 -13 -7 -5 -1 0 0 3 4 4
8 6 18 17 23 23 24 21 18 16 14 11
8 7 7 5 6 10 11 11 10 6 4 3
8 7 3 -4 -4 1 -3 -6 -10 -13 -15 -16
8 8 2 -1 9 8 4 3 1 -1 -4 -6
8 8 -11 -17 -13 -20 -17 -16 -17 -15 -11 -11
9 0 5 3 4 4 8 8 7 5 5 4
9 1 -21 -7 9 6 10 10 10 10 10 10
9 1 -27 -24 -11 -18 -22 -21 -21 -21 -21 -21
9 2 1 -1 -4 0 2 2 2 1 1 1
9 2 17 19 12 12 15 16 16 16 15 15
9 3 -11 -25 -5 -9 -13 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12
9 3 29 12 7 2 7 6 7 9 9 10
9 4 3 10 2 1 10 10 10 9 9 9
9 4 -9 2 6 0 -4 -4 -4 -5 -6 -6
9 5 16 5 4 4 -1 -1 -1 -3 -3 -4
9 5 4 2 -2 -3 -5 -5 -5 -6 -6 -6
9 6 -3 -5 1 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1
9 6 9 8 10 9 10 10 10 9 9 9
9 7 -4 -2 2 -2 5 3 4 7 7 7
9 7 6 8 7 8 10 11 11 10 9 9
9 8 -3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
9 8 1 -11 -6 0 -4 -2 -3 -6 -7 -7
9 9 -4 8 5 -1 -2 -1 -2 -5 -5 -6
9 9 8 -7 5 5 1 1 1 2 2 2
10 0 -3 -8 -3 1 -2 -3 -3 -4 -4 -4
10 1 11 4 -5 -3 -3 -3 -3 -4 -4 -4
10 1 5 13 -4 4 2 1 1 1 1 1
10 2 1 -1 -1 4 2 2 2 2 3 2
10 2 1 -2 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
10 3 2 13 2 0 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5
10 3 -20 -10 -8 0 2 3 3 3 3 3
BLOXHAM 53
TABLE 2. (continued)
1 m 1945 1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990
: 10 4 -5 -4 -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2
-1 2 -2 2 6 4 4 6 6 6
: 10 5 -1 4 7 4 4 6 5 5 5 4
-6 -3 -4 -5 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4
8 12 4 6 4 4 4 3 3 3
: 10 6 6 6 1 1 0 0 -1 0 0 0
: 10 7 -1 3 -2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
-4 -3 -3 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
: 10 8 -3 2 6 -1 2 0 0 2 2 2
-2 6 7 6 3 3 3 4 4 4
h” 10 9 5 10 -2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
0 11 -1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
g 10 10 -2 3 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0
h 10 10 -2 8 -3 -7 -6 -4 -5 -6 -6 -6
Table 5 we compare the models in Table 3 with the suffer from a more serious problem: the long wavelength
IGRF, listing for each model the RMS radial field at part of the crustal signal is swamped by the main field,
the Earth’s surface and at the core-mantle boundary, and is removed with the core field baseline. This prob-
and the RMS difference in the radial field between each lem is obviously most acute for largescale crustal SW-
model and the DGRF for that year, again at the surface veys, especially attempts at mapping the global crustal
and at the core-mantle boundary. Typical differences at field.
the surface are less than 50nT (or less than 0.15%) for At the core-mantle boundary the situation is more
models at recent times and less than 200nT for models complicated. The difference between different models
of the field at earlier periods. These differences should amounts to around 15% of the field, even for recent mod-
be compared with the typical crustal field contribution els. This figure is perhaps somewhat biased by the fact
to the field (which is not accounted for by these mod- that we are using as our reference the DGRF models,
els) of about 250nT, and the typical secular variation which as we have discussed are not well suited to mod-
of about 50nT/year. Thus, at the Earth’s surface the elling the field at the core-mantle boundary. However,
difference between different models is small compared to the part of the core field that is masked by the crustal
the uncertainties introduced by crustal fields and by the field is obviously not included in any of the models, so
use of out of date field models. As a further example, in the true uncertainty may be very large. Certainly stud-
Figure 3 we show the difference in declination calculated ies of the core field are very sensitive to the choice of
from IGRF 1990 and ufml at 1990. The gradations in field model. Indeed, the enterprise of using models of the
the greyscale are at intervals of 5’, so the difference be- magnetic field at the core-mantle boundary to study the
tween the models is typically very small compared to kinematics and dynamics of the fluid outer core should
that required for safe navigation; local crustal anoma- not be separated from the enterprise of producing the
lies, in particular, pose a far greater hazard to navigation field models in the first place.
than these small differences between field models. The differences between different models are more
These differences between models at the Earth’s sur- apparent when we examine the instantaneous secular
face can be important, though, for crustal magnetic field variation, the first temporal derivative of the field. In
models. Main field models are used to provide a baseline Table 6 we compare the secular variation of the ra-
level for crustal surveys and small differences in base- dial field at the Earth’s surface and at the core-mantle
line can have an important effect, especially for tying boundary computed from model ufml with the IGRF
together adjacent surveys. However, all crustal surveys at 1990, and with GSFC(9/80) at 1980, 1970, and 1960.
Fig. 3. Difference in declination at the Earth’s surface in 1990 calculated from IGRF 1990 and ufml
The greyscale gradations are at intervals of 5’.
BLOXHAM 55
The differences at the surface range from about 10% to is shown in Figure 5 for IGRF 1990 and ufml. The
about 40% of the rms signal; at the core-mantle bound- secular variation of the vertical field in the equatorial
ary the differences between the models are such as to Atlantic Ocean reaches almost POOnT/year, so that in
render the secular variation effectively unresolved. one year the change in the field can exceed the typical
difference between the main field models. Thus, small
3.3. The Magnetic Field at the Earth’s Surface inaccuracies in the secular variation models, combined
In Figure 4 we plot the seven geomagnetic elements with changes in the pattern of secular variation, consti-
for the IGRF 1990 model at the Earth’s surface. The tute a significant error when models of the secular vari-
nearly dipolar nature of the field is apparent, with the ation are used to extrapolate main field models to the
geomagnetic equator deviating only slightly from the ge- present day. Indeed, the development of more reliable
ographical equator. In addition, we plot three other methods of extrapolating forward from the most recent
quantities at the surface: the inclination anomaly (the global magnetic field model to calculate the present field
departure of the inclination from that of an axial dipole), is a pressing problem in geomagnetism of considerable
and the field intensity anomaly relative to both the axial practical importance.
dipole and the inclined centered dipole (the first three
Gauss geomagnetic coefficients). Declination and incli- 3.4. The Magnetic Field at the Core-Mantle
nation anomaly measure the angular departure of the Boundary
field from an axial dipole. Apart from near the ge- In Figure 6, by contrast, we plot the radial compo-
omagnetic poles where the declination becomes large, nent of the magnetic field at the core-mantle boundary
typically both the declination and inclination anoma- for the interval 1690-1840 at 50 year intervals (calcu-
lies are roughly 15". The intensity anomaly relative to lated from model ufm2), and for the interval 1840-1990
both the axial dipole and the inclined dipole reaches at 25 year intervals (calculated from model ufml). At
over 20 OOOnT, or roughly half the typical field intensity the core-mantle boundary the field departs substantially
at the surface. The largest intensity anomaly is in the from a dipole: several magnetic equators are evident,
southern Atlantic Ocean, a large region of low field in- and the radial field has very low intensity near the ge-
tensity. It is important to note that very substantial de- ographical poles. The total intensity anomaly identi-
viations from the dipole field exist at the Earth’s surface, fied at the Earth’s surface can be traced at the core-
and that studies that assume some average percentage mantle boundary to the arrangement of patches of flux
deviation from an axial dipole configuration may be in of opposite sign in the region beneath the southern At-
rather serious error in some regions. For example, the lantic Ocean. Although the field intensity at the core-
axial dipole accounts for over 90% of the power in the mantle boundary is not anomalously low in this region,
field at the Earth’s surface, which gives a rather poor the patches interfere destructively when the field is up-
indication of the departure of the field from the axial wardly continued to the Earth’s surface.
dipole configuration in certain regions. We do not plot the instantaneous secular variation
The secular variation of X, Y, and Z at the surface at the core-mantle boundary. As we have argued, this is
58 GLOBAL MAGNETIC FIELD
Fig. 4. IGRF 1990 at the Earth’s surface. Solid contours represent positive values, dashed contours
negative values, and bold contours zero.
BLOXHAM 61
Fig. 5. Secular variation at the Earth’s surface from IGRF 1990 and ufml. Solid contours represent
positive values, dashed contours negative values, and bold contours zero.
e25 km/yr
Fig. 8. The steady part of the fluid how at the core surface for the period 1840-1990.
It should be rather obvious to the reader from this World Data Centers
article that the seemingly simple demand for accurate
models of the magnetic field is not straightforwardly ac- World Data Center Cl for Geomagnetism
commodated. Any map or model of the current mag- British Geological Survey
netic field is necesarily based on data recorded some Murchison House
years previously, and so must be extrapolated forward West Mains Road
using a model of the secular variation; maps of the mag- Edinburgh
netic field originating in the Earth’s core are necessarily EH9 3LA
incomplete and are contaminated by crustal fields and Scotland
external fields; and maps of the field, when continued
World Data Center A for Marine Geology and
downward to the core-mantle boundary, are very sensi-
Geophysics
tive to the method of field modelling used. Any user of National Geophysical Data Center
magnetic field maps or models must keep these short-
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra-
comings in mind, especially those who wish to map the tion
magnetic field at the core-mantle boundary.
325 Broadway
Boulder
CO 80303
BLOXHAM 65
World Data Center A for Rockets and Satellites Network Accessible Data Centers
National Space Science Data Center Historical geomagnetic data are available over Inter-
NASA Goddard Space Flight Center net by
Greenbelt
1. anonymous ftp to geophysics.harvard.edu in direc-
MD 20771
tory Nftp/geomag/data
World Data Center A for Solid Earth Geophysics
2. anonymous ftp to earth.ox.ac.uk in directory
National Geophysical Data Center
-ftp/geomag/data
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra-
tion
325 Broadway
Boulder
CO 80303
REFERENCES
1. Barraclough, D.R., Spherical har- separation, Geophys. J., 97, 443- 18. Langel, R.A., The main field, in
monic analysis of the geomagnetic 447, 1989. Geomagnetism, edited by J.A. Ja-
field, Geomagn. Bull. Inst. Geol. 10. Coleman, R.J., Project Magnet cobs, vol. 1, pp. 249-512, Aca-
Sci., 8, 1978. high-level vector survey data re- demic Press, London, 1987.
2. Barraclough, D.R., and S. Macmil- duction, Nasa Conf. Pub., 3153, 19. Langel, R.A., and R.H. Estes, The
lan, Survey data for geomagnetic 215-248, 1992. near-earth magnetic field at 1980
field modelling, Nasa Conf. Pub., 11. Gubbins, D., and P.H. Roberts, determined from Magsat data, J.
3153,41-74, 1992. Magnetohydrodynamics of the Geophys. Res., 90, 2487-2494,
3. Barton, C.E., Magnetic repeat sta- Earth’s core, in Geomagnetism, 1989.
tion data, Nasa Conf. Pub., 3153, edited by J.A. Jacobs, vol. 2, pp. 20. Langel, R.A., and R.T. Baldwin,
287-320, 1992. l-183, Academic Press, London, Types and characteristics of data
4. Bloxham, J., Models of the mag- 1987. for geomagnetic field modeling,
netic field at the core-mantle 12. Gubbins, D., and J. Bloxham, Ge- Nasa Conf. Pub., 3153, 1992a.
boundary for 1715, 1777, and omagnetic field analysis III: Mag- 21. Langel, R.A., and R.T. Baldwin,
1842, J. Geophys. Res., 91, 13,954- netic fields on the core-mantle Satellite data for geomagnetic field
13,966, 1986. boundary, Geophys. J. R. Astron. modelling, Nasa Conf. Pub., 3153,
5. Bloxham, J., and D. Gubbins, SOL, 80, 6955713, 1985. 41-74, 1992b.
Geomagnetic field analysis - IV: 13. Hood, P., Survey parameters and 22. Langel, R A., R.H. Estes, and G.D.
Testing the frozen-flux hypothesis, availability of low-level aeromag- Mead, Some new methods in geo-
Geophys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 84, netic data for geomagnetic field magnetic field modelling applied to
1399152, 1986. modelling, Nasa Conf. Pub., 3153, the 1960-1980 epoch, J. Geomagn.
6. Bloxham, J., and A. Jackson, Fluid 249-286, 1992. Geoelectr., 34, 327-349, 1982.
flow near the surface of Earth’s 14. Hutcheson, K.A., and D. Gubbins, 23. Langel, R.A., R.H. Estes, and
outer core, Rev. Geophys., 29, 97- Earth’s magnetic field in the sev- T.J. Sabaka, Uncertainty estimates
120, 1991. enteenth century, J. Geophys. Res., in geomagnetic field modelling, J.
7. Bloxham, J., and A. Jackson, 95, 10,769-10,781, 1990. Geophys. Res., 94, 12,281l12,299,
Time-dependent mapping of the 15. IAGA Division V. Working Group 1989.
magnetic field at the core-mantle 8, ItiRV, 1991 Revision, Eos, 24. Sharman, G.F., and D. Metzger,
boundary, J. Geophys. Res., 97, Trans. Am. Geophys. Union, 73, Marine magnetic data holdings of
19,537-19,563, 1992. 182, 1992. World Data Center A for Ma-
8. Bloxham, J., D. Gubbins, and A. 16. Jackson, A., Accounting for crustal rine Geology and Geophysics, Nasa
Jackson, Geomagnetic secular vari- magnetization in models of the core Conf. Pub., 3153, 137-148, 1992.
ation, Phil. l’rans. R. Sot. Land., magnetic field, Geophys. J. Int., 25. Shure, L., R.L. Parker, and R.A.
A329, 415-502, 1989. 103,657~673, 1990. Langel, A preliminary harmonic
9. Cain, J.C., Z. Wang, D.R. Schmitz, 17. Jackson, A., Historical data for spline model from Magsat data, J.
and J. Meyer, The geomagnetic geomagnetic field modelling, Nasa Geophys. Res., 90, 11,505-11,512,
spectrum for 1980 and core-crustal Conf. Pub., 3153, l-30, 1992. 1985.
Seismic Models of the Earth: Elastic and Anelastic
high-frequency body waves. In fact, it had been noticed [ 1, section 5.51. Of course this is impossible, so further as-
that models made using free oscillations alone predicted sumptions about the frequency dependenceof q (or equiva-
travel-times which were offset from the observed travel- lently Q) must be made before the physical dispersioncan
times. This difference was called the “baseline” effect be computed. Observations of attenuation over a broad
and was originally ascribed to a continental bias to seis- range of frequencies are consistent with Q being roughly
mic travel times becauseof the distribution of seismic re- independent of frequency from periods of a few seconds
ceivers. However, it is now clear that much of the baseline down to periods of about an hour. With this constraint,
effect can be explained by physical dispersion. d(w) can be calculated and we find that the modulus at
Specification of a weakly attenuating Earth model is one frequency within the absorption band is related to the
complicated by the fact that there are now a multitude modulus at another frequency by
of possible constitutive relationships to choose from. It
is usual to choose some simple visco-elastic behavior to p(w1) ] + - 2 ln WI
-= -
model real-Earth materials, with a standard linear solid AJJ2) TQh ( w2 >
(SLS) being a common choice. A SLS exhibits elastic-
type instantaneous deformation when stressed but then This means that seismic velocities change by about 1%
relaxes with a characteristic time constant. Such a mate- for a period change of 1 ---f 1000 sets if Q N 200. The
rial preferentially attenuates seismic energy at a specific number is increasedto 4% if Q ? 60.
frequency. A composite body can be constructed which The next major evolution in spherical-Earth modeling
attenuates energy over a broad range of frequencies to came in the early 80’s when it became clear that depar-
produce an “absorption band” that mimics the observed tures from elastic isotropy might be needed. A generally
absorption of energy in the Earth. The “elastic” moduli anisotropic model (with up to 21 elastic moduli) cannot
describing this behavior are now complex and frequency- exhibit spherical symmetry but a model with elastic ve-
dependent. For example, we can write the shearmodulus locities in the radial direction different from elastic veloc-
as ities perpendicular to the radial direction can be spheri-
cally symmetric. Such a material is called transversely
P(W) = PO[ 1 + d&J) + QL(w)] (4) isotropic. There are now five independent elastic coeffi-
cients (as opposed to two for the isotropic case). In Love
where d and Qare small if attenuation is weak, and ~0 is the
notation, these moduli are given the symbols A, C, N, L
“unrelaxed modulus” which describesthe initial response
and F. An isotropic model can be thought of as a special
of the material to loading. Conventionally, seismic atten-
caseof the transversely isotropic model when A=C=A+2p,
uation is described using the “quality factor,” Q, which is
related to the amount of energy lost per cycle, AE when N=L=b and F=X. In terms of the seismic velocities in the
radial direction (I&,, V,,) and in the transverse direction
the material is stressedat frequency w:
(Vph, GA we have
2T AE A=pV,‘,)
-=--
Q E
(5)
and E is the peak strain energy. In terms of the complex
modulus, the attenuation in shear, 1/Q,(w), is defined as
Im(p(w))/Re(p(w)). An equation similar to (4) can be
defined for the bulk modulus and the quality of attenuation The fifth constant, F, is a function of the velocities at in-
in compression, &K(W). Qp and QK together provide a termediate incident angles [7].
phenomenological description of attenuation in the Earth Having decided upon the physical parametersto be in-
and must be specified as a function of depth andfrequency. cluded in the model, we must still decide how to param-
The fact that the elastic moduli are complex leadsto com- eterize the structure. Recently, it has become common to
plex frequencies of free oscillation which means simply use polynomial representationsof the density and seismic
that the oscillations decay. Observation of the decay rates velocities as a function of frequency (IASP91, PREM).
of the oscillations can, in principle, be used to constrain One difficulty is choosing the radial knots at which the
Qp and QK as a function of depth and frequency, and we polynomials are broken. There are several radii in the
shall discussthis below, Earth at which there is clear evidence for a sharp change
The physical dispersion is controlled by d(w) which can in structure of a global nature. The most prominent of
be computed from q(w) if q is known for all frequencies theseis the core-mantle boundary (CMB) followed by the
90 EARTH MODELS: ELASTIC AND ANELASTIC
TABLE 1. Continued
Radius Depth V, v, Qp Qti Y P 9
(km) W-0 (m/s> (m/s) (k[m-“) (:;a) (:Pa) (GPa) (m s-‘>
4300.0 207 1.O 12900.5 6965.3 5156.7 312.0 57823.0 524.6 250.2 0.29 90.6 10.02
4400.0 1971.0 12783.9 6919.5 5105.9 312.0 57823.0 508.5 244.5 0.29 85.5 9.99
4500.0 1871.0 12665.5 6872.8 5054.7 312.0 57823.0 492.5 238.8 0.29 80.4 9.97
4600.0 1771.0 12544.7 6825.1 5003 .o 3 12.0 57823.0 476.6 233.0 0.29 75.4 9.95
4700.0 1671.0 12420.8 6776.0 4950.8 312.0 57823.0 460.7 227.3 0.29 70.4 9.94
4800.0 1571.0 12293.2 6725.4 4897.9 312.0 57823.0 444.8 221.5 0.29 65.5 9.93
4900.0 1471 .o 12161.3 6673.1 4844.3 312.0 57823.0 428.8 215.7 0.28 60.7 9.93
5000.0 1371.0 12024.5 6618.9 4789.9 312.0 57823.0 412.8 209.8 0.28 55.9 9.94
5 100.0 1271.0 11882.1 6562.4 4734.6 312.0 57823.0 396.6 203.9 0.28 51.2 9.94
5200.0 1171.0 11733.6 6503.6 4678.5 312.0 57823.0 380.3 197.9 0.28 46.5 9.95
5300.0 1071.0 11578.3 6442.3 4621.3 312.0 57823.0 363.8 191.8 0.28 41.9 9.96
5400.0 971.0 11415.6 6378.1 4563.1 312.0 57823.0 347.1 185.6 0.27 37.3 9.97
5500.0 871.0 11244.9 63 10.8 4503.8 312.0 57823.0 330.3 179.4 0.27 32.8 9.99
5600.0 771.0 11065.6 6240.4 4443.2 312.0 57823.0 313.4 173.0 0.27 28.3 10.00
5701 .o 670.0 10751.3 5945.1 4380.7 312.0 57823.0 299.9 154.8 0.28 23.8 10.02
5701 .o 670.0 10266.2 5570.2 3992.1 143.0 57823.0 255.6 123.9 0.29 23.8 10.02
5771 .o 600.0 10157.8 5516.0 3975.8 143.0 57823.0 248.9 121.0 0.29 21.1 10.01
5771.0 600.0 10157.8 5515.9 3975.8 143.0 57823.0 248.9 121.0 0.29 21.1 10.01
5800.0 571.0 10009.4 5431.3 3939.3 143.0 57823.0 239.7 116.2 0.29 19.9 10.00
5900.0 471.0 9497.4 5139.6 3813.2 143.0 57823.0 209.7 100.7 0.29 16.0 9.99
5971 .o 400.0 9133.9 4932.5 3723.7 143.0 57823.0 189.9 90.6 0.29 13.4 9.97
5971 .o 400.0 8905.2 4769.9 3543.3 143.0 57823.0 173.5 80.6 0.30 13.4 9.97
6000.0 371.0 8849.5 4749.6 3525.9 143.0 57823.0 170.1 79.5 0.30 12.3 9.96
6100.0 27 I .O 8657.1 4679.6 3466.2 143.0 57823.0 158.6 75.9 0.29 8.9 9.93
6151.0 220.0 8558.9 4643.9 3435.8 143.0 57823.0 152.9 74.1 0.29 7.1 9.91
6151.0 220.0 7989.7 4418.9 3359.5 80.0 57823.0 127.0 65.6 0.28 7.1 9.91
6200.0 171.0 8020.0 4437.0 3364.8 80.0 57823.0 128.1 66.2 0.28 5.5 9.89
6291 .O 80.0 8076.2 4470.5 3374.7 80.0 57823.0 130.2 67.4 0.28 2.5 9.86
6291 .O 80.0 8076.2 4470.5 3374.7 600.0 57823.0 130.2 67.4 0.28 2.5 9.86
6300.0 71.0 8081.8 4473.8 3375.7 600.0 57823.0 130.4 67.6 0.28 2.2 9.86
6346.6 24.4 81 10.6 4491 .o 3380.7 600.0 57823.0 131.5 68.2 0.28 0.6 9.84
6346.6 24.4 6800.0 3900.0 2900.0 600.0 57823.0 75.3 44.1 0.25 0.6 9.84
6356.0 15.0 6800.0 3900.0 2900.0 600.0 57823.0 75.3 44.1 0.25 0.3 9.84
6356.0 15.0 5800.0 3200.0 2600.0 600.0 57823.0 52.0 26.6 0.28 0.3 9.84
6368.0 3.0 5800.0 3200.0 2600.0 600.0 57823.0 52.0 26.6 0.28 0.0 9.83
6368.0 3.0 1450.0 0.0 1020.0 0.0 57823.0 2.1 0.0 0.50 0.0 9.83
6371.0 0.0 1450.0 0.0 1020.0 0.0 57823.0 2.1 0.0 0.50 0.0 9.82
trade-off between the depth extent of anisotropy and the may not be a required feature of the spherically-averaged
size of the shear velocity jump at the 410 km discontinu- Earth.
ity. If anisotropy is allowed to extend to 400 km depth or Other spherical Earth models of seismic velocity alone
greater, the shear velocity jump at the 410 km discontinuity have been generated from the ISC data set. Model IASP 1,
becomes extremely small. This is inconsistent with the re- [ 151, has been designed to provide an optimal fit to the ISC
sults of regional studies and suggests that global transverse times (see Kennett, this volume, for a detailed descrip-
isotropy should be confined to relatively shallow depths. tion). This may mean that IASP is not necessarily an
In fact, some workers have suggested that the evidence unbiased estimate of the spherically-averaged Earth since
for global transverse isotropy is sufficiently weak that it the ISC data provide a non-uniform geographic sampling
MASTERSANDSHEARER 93
of the Earth. Modifications to IASP have already been ing from about 0.5 km/s to 0.8 km/s [e.g. 351 which may
proposed, primarily in the velocities in the core [27 and well reflect lateral variations in structure near the top of
Figure I]. the inner core. Normal mode observationsindicate a den-
Free oscillation data have traditionally been usedto in- sity jump at the ICB of about 0.55 g/cm3, a result which
fer the average Q structure of the Earth. Earlier compi- is also consistent with PKiKP amplitudes. The aver-
lations of mode Q’s have been augmentedwith overtone age P-wave velocity in the inner core is about 11.2 km/s
measurementsand new models of the attenuation charac- as determined by PKP travel times and normal modes.
teristics of the Earth at low frequencies have been derived Constraints on the S-wave velocity in the inner core are
[e.g. 461. All models are similar in the mantle (see Table weaker. Claims of observations of a body wave with an
1) and the evidence now seemsto prefer a relatively low S leg through the inner core (PKJKP) are now gener-
Q (Q, N 120) for the inner core. This is in qualitative ally discardedbut normal mode observationsquite tightly
agreement with the high attenuation observed for body- constrain the averageinner core shearvelocity to be about
waves which sample the upper part of the inner core. It 3.5 km/s. This gives a high Poisson ratio for the inner
should also be noted that there is some evidence for sys- core of about 0.45 which has led some people to infer that
tematic differences between mean Q measurementsmade this region may be close to its melting temperature. On
from the analysis of surface-waves and those made by fit- the other hand, the high Poisson ratio may be simply a
ting the spectra of free-oscillation peaks. Models based natural consequenceof the fact that the ambient pressure
on surface-wave observations tend to have shear-Q values is a significant fraction of the elastic moduli.
about 5% lower in the upper mantle than the mode models. As noted in the previous section, studies of the decay
The reason for this discrepancy is not yet clear. of normal modes and pulse broadening in PKP wave-
forms that have traveled through the inner core indicates
4. A TOUR THROUGH THE EARTH that at least the outer part of the inner core is highly at-
tenuating [e.g. 3, 461. There is now hard evidence that
The grossstructure of the Earth andits division into core, the inner core is also strongly anisotropic. Studies of
mantle and crust were determined by seismologistsearly PKIKP with paths nearly parallel to the rotation axis
in this century. More recently, attention has focused on show that the waves travel anomalously quickly in this di-
the finer structure of the Earth and the evidencefor lateral rection relative to more equatorial paths [e.g. 241 and are
variations in properties. Generally, the largest variations characterized by low-amplitude, complicated waveforms
in structure are found near the major discontinuities such [4, 361. A simple model of anisotropy in the inner core
as the surface and the core-mantle boundary (CMB), with can be found which goes a long way to simultaneously
comparatively smooth changes outside of these regions. explaining the PKIKP observations and the anomalous
We now take a closer look at Earth structure, starting at splitting of free-oscillations that samplethe core [e.g. 421.
the center. The physical cause of the anisotropy is not currently un-
derstood, though alignment of iron crystals by convective
4.1. Inner Core flow [ 131or by the magnetic field 1141are contenders.
The radius of the inner core is defined by a small but
sharp increase in P-wave velocity at a radius of about 4.2. Outer Core
1220 5 10 km (see [ 191for references to recent work on The outer core is assumedto be fluid sincerapid convec-
core structure). This velocity increase is constrained by tion is required to drive the geodynamo and no evidence
travel time data to be about 0.7 Z!Z0.15 km/s and is re- has ever been found for outer-core shearwaves. (It is pos-
quired to explain the triplications in the direct body waves sible that a very slow S-wave velocity (<N 100m/s) could
which travel through the core (PKP waves) and the ob- escapeseismic detection.) The P-wave velocity and den-
servationsof reflected arrivals from the inner-core bound- sity appear to increase smoothly with depth in the outer
ary (PKiKP waves). Arrival times and waveforms of core, consistent with a well-mixed, vigorously convect-
PKiKP at high frequenciesprovide the most direct con- ing layer. However, there is someevidencefor anomalous
straints on the properties of the inner-coreboundary (ICB). velocity gradients and/or weak heterogeneity in the upper-
These data show that departures from the expected ellip- most 200 km [e.g., 181and low velocity gradients close
tical shape of the ICB are confined to a few kilometers to the ICB [37, 351. The region near the top of the core
and that the ICB transition must be complete in less than is particularly hard to study since few body waves turn
about 5 km. Waveform modeling experiments sampling here. The best data are mantle shear waves which convert
different parts of the ICB have found velocity jumps vary- to P-waves at the core-mantle boundary (e.g. SKS and
94 EARTH MODELS: ELASTIC AND ANELASTIC
SKKS). Using such data, Lay and Young [18] find evi- 451. Again, this P wave discontinuity is unlikely to be a
dence for anomalously low velocities (by l-2%) in a thin global feature since reflections from it are rarely observed
layer 50-100 km thick beneath the core-mantle boundary even under favorable recording conditions. Lateral varia-
(CMB) under Alaska. Some studies have inferred weak tions of about 3% in P at the baseof the mantle have also
lateral variation of structure in the outer core but SmKS been inferred by Young and Lay [54] in a study of short
data can also be affected by rapid lateral variations of period amplitude profiles and by Wysessionand Okal 1521
structure at the baseof the mantle, a region we know to be using diffracted P.
strongly heterogeneous. It seemspreferable to assumethe Additionally, D” appears to be a strong scatterer of
outer core is laterally homogeneousuntil more compelling body waves [e.g., 21. The scatterersproduce precursors to
observational evidence becomes available. PKP and are of scale-length -30 km and composed of
The core-mantle boundary (CMB) is constrained by roughly 1% variations in density and velocity (these scat-
both body waves and normal modes to have a radius of terers could also be explained by a rough CMB boundary).
3483 f 5 km. Attempts to resolve topography on the
CMB from travel times of the reflected phase PcP [e.g., 4.4. Lower Mantle
253 have led to inconclusive results, primarily due to the The lower mantle is usually taken to be all the mantle
difficulty in removing the effect of heterogeneity in the from the top of D” to the 660-km discontinuity. Up to
mantle on the travel times [3 I]. The PcP times suggestit a depth of about 750 km, the lower mantle appear to be
is unlikely that the CMB deviates by more than about 10 relatively homogeneouswith no significant discontinuities
km from its hydrostatic shape. Short-period PcP wave- in structure of global extent. Tomography results indicate
forms appearundistorted, consistent with a sharp, smooth shear-velocity variations of 1% or less. Above 750 km,
interface at the CMB [44]. we enter the region where upper mantle minerals are still
undergoing phasechangesto their high pressureforms and
4.3. D” Region there may be an anomalously steep velocity gradient just
D” is the name given to a region of reduced velocity below the 660-km discontinuity.
gradients about 100to 300 km thick immediately abovethe
CMB. There is an extensive history of seismic exploration 4.5. Transition Zone
of the baseof the mantle and a review of the great diversity This is usually taken to be the region between the two
of models proposed for this region can be found in [53]. major seismicdiscontinuities in the upper mantle-the 410-
It is also known that the D” region is characterized by and 660-km discontinuities. Most Earth models havefirst-
strong lateral heterogeneity covering a broad spectrum of order discontinuities at these depths with 4-7% jumps in
wavelengths [ 161. velocity and density. Both discontinuities are now gener-
The existence of large-scale S velocity anomalieswith ally explained as resulting from phasechangesin olivine,
variations of up to 3% near the base of the mantle now but controversy remains regarding whether small compo-
seems to be well-established. They have been found sitional changes might also occur. Most seismological
in studies of ScS - S [e.g. 491 and diffracted S [51]. observations of the discontinuities cannot distinguish be-
Such variations are also capable of explaining anomalous tween abrupt discontinuities and gradual transitions over
SmKS differential times in some areas [lo]. Observa- a depth interval up to about 20 km. An exception are
tions of additional phases arriving slightly before ScS short-period precursors to the phase PKPPKP (gen-
suggestthe presenceof a triplication causedby a velocity erally termed P’P’ which result from underside reflec-
discontinuity about 280 km above the CMB [e.g., 17, 93. tions off mantle discontinuities at near-vertical incidence.
The data can be modeled with either a first-order discon- These observations suggest that, at least in some regions,
tinuity with a velocity contrast of about 3% or as a zone a significant part of the velocity and density jumps at 410
of high velocity gradient up to 100 km wide. This dis- and 660 km must occur within a depth interval of lessthan
continuity seems to vary in depth and is probably not a 5 km [e.g., 431.
global feature since it is not seen in some areas. A sharp Depths to the major discontinuities have varied between
gradient in shear velocity is unlikely to be explained by different studies and it now appears that at least some
temperature effects so it is probable that a compositional of this variation is due to topography on the discontinu-
stratification or a new phase transformation will have to ities. Recent observations of long-period S-wave reflec-
be invoked to explain the data. A similar triplication has tions from the discontinuities suggest depth variations of
occasionally been observed in P wave data with the size up to 30 km 130, 331. These studies also indicate a minor
of the inferred P-wave jump also being about 2-3% [e.g., discontinuity near 520 km depth.
MASTERS AND SHEARER 95
-5 -2.5 +2.5 +5
Seconds
Fig. 2. Observed long-period ScS - S residuals plotted at their bouncepoint positions on the core-mantle
boundary. ScS - S residuals are particularly sensitive to structure in the D” region (the bottom few
hundred kilometers of the mantle, just above the core-mantle boundary). Positive residuals indicate late
ScS travel times relative to S, suggesting slow structure in D”, while negative residuals suggest fast
structure. Large-scale coherent patterns are apparent in the residuals for this regionand are indicative of
slow D” structure beneath eastern China and fast D” velocities in parts of the western Pacific. A more
rigorous interpretation of these data that accounts for the possibility of velocity variations anywhere
along the ray paths involves combining the ScS - S data with other data into a general inversion for
three-dimensional mantle structure.
4.6. Uppermost Mantle evidence for this low velocity zone (LVZ) comes from sur-
This is the highly heterogeneous region between the face waves and body waves, the region above the LVZ is
crust and the 410-km discontinuity. In most models, the sometimes called the “lid.” Isotropic models of the Earth
shear velocity (and sometimes the compressional veloc- require deep LVZs with velocity drops of 5510% in shear
ity) decreases at a depth of 20-50 km beneath the oceans velocity. Such models presumably imply that substantial
and at depth of greater than 150 km under the shields. The partial melting is present, a result consistent with obser-
96 EARTH MODELS: ELASTIC AND ANELASTIC
Table 2 summarizes 12 models of mantle heterogeneity velocities at the baseof the mantle aroundthe Pacific. This
obtained by various groups. Some of the models apply feature does not appear in all models generatedfrom the
only to the upper mantle (above the 670-discontinuity), ISC data set (Figure 3 and [29]) but is a robust feature of
others are for the lower mantle, and many recent inversions the shear-wave models.
are for the whole mantle. The situation regarding global shear-wave models is
Figure 3 comparessomeof the different P-wave models more satisfactory, probably becauselateral variations in
at severaldepths in the mantle with the velocity perturba- shear velocity are significantly greater than those in com-
tions shown in percent. One of the first inversions was pressional velocity, and becausea greater variety of data
done by Clayton and Comer in 1983 [see 111. They used sets have been brought to bear on the problem. Figure 4
almost 2 million P-wave travel times as tabulated by the compares some of the shear-wavemodels at three depths
ISC from 1971 to 1980, and inverted for a perturbation (some models are of the upper mantle only since the data
model in which the mantle was discretized into 48,000 they are constructed from are insensitiveto the lower man-
blocks. A year later, Dziewonski [6] inverted ISC P data tle). It is clear that although there is agreement between
for lower mantle structure, parameterizedby sphericalhar- many of the models on the largest features, the overall
monics up to degree 6 and up to 5th order polynomials in shapeand amplitude of the anomaliesvaries considerably
depth (i.e. models L02.45 and L02.56). Comparison of between the models. The variability between models is
the Clayton and Comer model with L02.56 showed that largely a function of the data sets which went into their
only the very longest wavelengthsagree in shape(degrees construction. For example, models basedon surface-wave
2 and 3) and even these were quite different in ampli- dispersion data alone have good lateral resolution in the
tude. These early models received considerableattention upper mantle but relatively poor depth resolution and lit-
and also generated some criticism. The doubts regarding tle sensitivity to structure deeper than 400 km. Models
thesemodels generally centeredon questionsregardingthe basedsolely on waveform fitting algorithms are probably
reliability of the ISC data and the possibility of artifacts re- biased in the lower mantle by inadequaciesin the the-
sulting from improper inversion procedures. However, the ory for modeling deep-turning waves. The latest models
large-scale structures in more recent mantle heterogene- generally include data sets of many different types (e.g.
ity models are in fair agreement with the early Harvard absolute and differential travel times, surface-wave dis-
models, and it is now clear that the ISC data, with suitable persion, free-oscillation splitting data, long-period wave-
averaging, can be useful in constraining mantle structure. forms). As more data are added, the models of different
In particular, a major feature of L02.56 is the ring of high workers have converged and we now have reason to be-
1650 km 2760 km
Fig. 3. A comparison between 3 different models of mantle P-velocity variations at depths of 1650 km
(mid-mantle) and 2760 km (D” region in the lowermost mantle). Perturbations are shown in percent;
regions more than 0.5% fast are black, while regions more than 0.5% slow are white. Models LO256
and V3 were derived from ISC travel times by Dziewonski and co-workers at Harvard using a spherical
harmonic expansion and smooth polynomial functions in depth. These models are in rough agreement,
and were the first to show the fast circum-Pacific velocities (see also Figure 5). Model INOUE, which
differs significantly from the Harvard models, used a block parameterization scheme. See Table 2 for
additional details concerning these models.
lieve that the 5’ velocity distribution is quite reliably de- tribution which dependsupon 27Jand 41c,(1c,is azimuth).
termined for lateral wavelengths longer than about 5000 The azimuth-independent term (essentially the isotropic
km over depth scalesof about 200 km (Figure 5). This is contribution) dominates the signal and shows excellent
particularly true of the uppermost and lowermost mantle correlation with surface tectonics. They also find that the
where there is large-amplitude structure. The mid-mantle directions of fast velocities for Rayleigh waves are well
is characterized by low amplitude structure and is lessre- correlated with plate velocity directions. It seemsthat az-
liably recovered. imuthal anisotropy can be resolvedfrom surface wave data
The models discussedabove are of isotropic perturba- at long wavelengths but that its amplitude is quite small
tions in structure. The recovery of azimuthal anisotropy (less than 1.3%). The depth extent of the anisotropic re-
on a global-scale using long-period (70-250s) Love and gion is however very uncertain but anisotropy is apparently
Rayleigh waves has been undertaken by Montagner and not required below 300 km.
Tanimoto [22, 231. The authors solve for an azimuth- The models listed in Table 2 were derived relative to
independentcontribution to the phase velocity and a con- a reference radial Earth model in which boundary pertur-
MASTERS AND SHEARER 99
360 km
Fig. 4a. A comparison between 4 upper mantle models of S-velocity variations at a depth of 360 km.
Perturbations are shown in percent; regions more than 1% fast are black while regions more than 1%
slow are white. Models shown include M84a, M84c, DSXRG and RG5.5. The differences between
M84a and M84c show the importance of correcting for variations in crustal thickness-M84a is the
uncorrected model. M84c agrees fairly well with the more recent whole mantle S-velocity models (all
of which are corrected for crustal thickness).
bations were not allowed. However, it is now becoming of research. The study of the particle motions of sur-
clear that 30 to 40 km of topography is present on the face waves, for example, reveals a clear signal from large-
410- and 660-km discontinuities. Figure 6 shows maps of scale anisotropy [28] and the study of the attenuation of
these perturbations obtained using precursors to SS [34]. surface wave packets is also beginning to reveal our first
The calculated depths to the discontinuities are sensitive to 3-dimensional views of Q structure in the upper mantle
the velocity structure in the upper mantle and these maps [5, =I.
depend upon the tomography results discussed above. Ul- The models generated by the structural seismologist
timately it will become necessary to perform simultaneous are of importance to a large number of sub-disciplines
inversions for both velocity structure and boundary pertur- in geophysics and geochemistry. In particular, the 3-
bations to obtain the most accurate results. dimensional models are being used to address key ques-
tions concerning the nature of the mantle convection that
governs the evolution of our planet. Velocity variations
6. CONCLUSIONS
can be related to temperature and density perturbations,
and these results, together with the geoid and other geo-
This chapter has attempted to summarize the current physical constraints, provide insight into the mantle vis-
state of l-dimensional and 3-dimensional global Earth cosity structure and current flow regime. Ten years ago, we
modeling. Though much progress has been made, the knew almost nothing about the three-dimensional struc-
determination of finer-scale structure, 3-dimensional Q ture of the Earth, perhaps in the next ten years these mod-
structure, the relative behavior of P and S velocities, and els will have helped us to address some of the fundamental
the elucidation of anisotropy remain very vigorous areas problems in global geophysics.
100 EARTH MODELS: ELASTIC AND ANELASTIC
Fig. 4b. A comparison between 5 different whole-mantle models of S-velocity variations at depths of
360 km (upper mantle), 1650 km (mid-mantle) and 2760 km (D” region). Perturbations are shown in
percent; regions more than 1% fast are black while regions more than 1% slow are white. Models shown
include MDSLH, SH425, WM13, SHlOcl7 and Ml2.love and are all corrected for crustal structure.
The whole mantle models are in rough agreement, exhibiting reduced amplitudes in the mid-mantle and
a ring of fast velocities around the Pacific in the deep mantle. The largest differences are the amplitude
of the pattern within D”, with the models containing ScS and deep-turning S data showing the largest
anomalies. See Table 2 for additional details concerning these models.
MASTERS AND SHEARER 101
20-120 km
670-1022 km
1284-1555 km
1816-2088 km
Fig. 5. The S-velocity variations within the 12 layers of model Ml2.love. This model is parameterized up
to spherical harmonic degree 8 and is derived from long-period S, SS and ScS travel times and surface-
wave data. Perturbations are shown in percent; regions more than 1% fast are black while regions more
than 1% slow are white. Heterogeneity in this model, like most other whole-mantle S-wave models, is
concentrated near the top and bottom of the mantle. Velocity anomalies within the uppermost layer are
highly correlated with surface tectonics with the fastest velocities beneath old oceans and continental
shields. Near the core-mantle boundary, the most significant feature is a ring of fast velocities around
the Pacific.
102 EARTH MODELS: ELASTIC AND ANELASTIC
421
661
653
645
637
Fig.6. Maps of topography on the 410- and 660-km discontinuities obtained from long-period S’S
precursors [34]. Corrections for upper mantle heterogeniety were applied using model SHlOcl7 (left)
and model WM13 (right). 30 to 40 km of topography (peak-to-trough) is observed.
Acknowledgments. This work was funded by grants from the National Science Foundation
REFERENCES
1. Aki, K., and P.G. Richards, Quantitu- 7. Dziewonski, A.M., and D.L. An- Interz, 59, 294-328, 1990.
tive Seismology: Theory and Methods, derson, Preliminary reference Earth 13. Jeanloz, R., and H.-R. Wenk, Convec-
vol. 1. W.H. Freeman, San Francisco, model. Phys. Earth Planet. Inter, tion and anisotropy of the inner core.
1980. 25297-356, 1981. Geophys. Res. Lett., 15,72-75, 1988.
2. Bataille, K., R-S. Wu, and S.M. Flatte, 8. Edmonds, A.R., Angular Momentum 14. Karato, S., Inner core anisotropy due
Inhomogeneities near the core-mantle and Quantum Mechanics. Prince- to magnetic field-induced preferred
boundary evidenced from scattered ton University Press, Princeton, N.J., orientation of iron. Science, 262,
waves: A review. Pugeoph, 132,151- 1960. 1708-1711, 1993.
173,1990. 9. Gaherty, J.B., and T. Lay, Investigation 15. Kennett, B.L.N., and E.R. Engdahl,
3. Bhattacharyya, J., PM. Shearer, and of laterally heterogeneous shear veloc- Treaveltimes for global earthquake lo-
G. Masters, Inner core attenuation ity structure in D” beneath Eurasia. J. cation and phase identification. Geo-
from short period PKP(BC) versus Geophys. Res., 97,417-435, 1992. phys. J. Int., 105,429-465, 1991.
PKP(DF) waveforms. Geophys. J. 10. Gamero, E.J., and D.V. Helmberger, 16. Lay, T., Structure of the core-mantle
ht., 114, l-l 1, 1993. Travel times of S and SKS: Im- transition zone: a chemical and ther-
4. Creager, K.C., Anisotropy of the inner plications for three-dimensional lower mal boundary layer. Eos, Trans. AGU,
core from differential travel times of mantle structure beneath the central 70,49-59, 1989.
the phases PKP and PKIKP. Na- Pacific. J. Geophys. Res., 98, 8225- 17. Lay, T., and D.V. Helmberger, A lower
ture, 356, 309-3 14, 1992. 8241, 1993. mantle S wave triplication and the
5. Durek, J.J., M.H. Ritzwoller, and J.H. 11. Hager, B.H., and R.W. Clayton, Con- shear velocity structure of D”. Geo-
Woodhouse, Constraining upper man- straints on the structure of mantle con- phys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 75, 799-837,
tle anelasticity using surface wave am- vection using seismic observations, 1983.
plitude anomalies. Geophys. J. Int., flow models, and the geoid. In: Mun- 18. Lay, T., and C.J. Young, The stably-
114,249-272, 1993. tle Convection, ed WR. Peltiec Gor- stratified outermost core revisited.
6. Dziewonski, A.M., Mapping the lower don and Breach, New York, pp.657- Geophys. Res. Lett., 17, 2001-2004,
mantle: determination of lateral het- 763, 1989. 1990.
erogeneity in P velocity up to degree 12. moue, H., Y. Fukao, K. Tanabe, and 19. Masters, G., and PM. Shearer, Sum-
and order 6. .I. Geophys. Res., 89, Y. Ogata,WholemantleP-wavetravel mary of seismological constraints on
5929-5952, 1984. time tomography. Phys. Earth Planet. the structure of the Earth’s core. J.
MASTERS AND SHEARER 103
Geophys. Res., 95, 21,619-21,695, phys. Res., 96, 19,749-19,762, 1991. and flat section of the core-mantle
1990. 31. Rodgers, A., and J. Wahr, Inference boundary. Nature, 359, 627-629,
20. Masters, G., H. Bolton, and P Shearer, of core-mantle boundary topography 1992.
Large-scale 3-dimensional structure of from ISC PcP and PKP traveltimes. 45. Weber, M., P- and S-wave relections
the mantle. EOS, Trans. AGU, 73, Geophys. .I. ht., 115, 991-1011, from anomalies in the lowermost man-
201, 1992. 1993. tle. Geo$zqx J. Int., 115, 183-210,
21. Mitchell, B.J., On the inversion of 32. Romanowicz, B., The upper mantle 1993.
Love and Rayleigh wave dispersion degree 2: Constraints and inferences 46 Widmer, R., G. Masters, and F.
and implications for earth structure from global mantle wave attenuation Gilbert, Spherically symmetric atten-
and anisotropy. Geophys. J. R. As- measurements. J. Geophys. Res., 95, uation within the Earth from normal
tron. Sot., 76, 233-241, 1984. 11,051-11,071, 1990. mode data. Geophys. .I. Int., 104,
22. Montagner, J-l?, and D.L. Anderson, 33. Shearer, P.M., Imaging global body 541-553, 1991.
Constrained reference mantle model. wave phases by stacking long-period 47. Woodhouse, J.H., and A.M. Dzie-
Phys. Earth Planet. Inter, 58, 205- seismograms. J. Geophys. Res., 96, wonski, Mapping of the upper mantle:
227, 1989. 20,353-20,364, 1991. three-dimensional modeling of earth
23. Montagner, J-P., and T. Tanimoto, 34. Shearer, PM., Global mapping of up- structure by inversion of seismic wave-
Global anisotropy in the upper man- per mantle reflectors from long-period forms. J. Geophys. Res., 89, 5953-
tle inferred from the regionalization of SS precursors. Geophys. J. Int., 115, 5986, 1984.
phase velocities. J. Geophys. Res.,95, 878-904,1993. 48. Woodward, R.L., A.M. Forte, W. Su,
4797-4819,1990. and A.M. Dziewonski, Constraints on
35. Song, X., andD.V. Helmberger, Veloc-
24. Morelli, A., A.M. Dziewonski, and the large-scale structure of the mantle.
ity structure near the inner core bound-
J.H. Woodhouse, Anisotropy of the in- In: Geophys. Monograph 74, IUGG,
ary from waveform modelling. J. Geo-
ner core inferred from FKIKP travel phys. Res., 97,6573-6586, 1992. ~14, Takahashi et al., eds. , AGU,
times. Geophys. Res. Lett., 13, 1.54% Washington DC, pp.89-109, 1992.
36. Song, X., and D.V. Helmberger,
1548, 1986. 49. Woodward, R.L., and G. Masters,
Anisotropy of the Earth’s inner core.
25. Morelli, A., and A.M. Dziewonski, To- Lower mantle structure from ScS - S
Geophys. Res. Lett., 20, 2591-2594,
pography of the core-mantle boundary differential travel times. Nature, 352,
1993.
and lateral homogeneity of the liquid 231-233,199l.
37. Souriau, A., and G. Poupinet, The ve-
core. Nature, 325, 678-683, 1987. 50. Woodward, R.L., and G. Masters,
locity profile at the base of the liquid Global upper mantle structure from
26. Morelli, A., and A.M. Dziewonski,
core from PKP(BC + C&f/) data: long-period differential travel-times.
Joint determination of lateral hetero-
An argument in favor of radial inho- J. Geophys. Res., 96, 6351-6377,
geneity and earthquake location. In:
Glacial isostasy, sea level, and man- mogeneity. Geophys. Res. L&t., 18, 1991.
tle rheology. Eds RSabadini, K. Lam- 2023-2026, 199 1. 51. Wysession, M.E., and E.A. Okal, Ev-
38. Stacey, ED., Physics of the Earth. idence for lateral heterogeneity at the
beck, E. Boschi. NATO ASI Series,
pp.515-534, 1991. Brookfield Press, Brisbane, 1992. core-mantle boundary from the slow-
39. Su, W-J., and A.M. Dziewonski, Pre- ness of diffracted S profiles. In: Struc-
21. Morelli, A., and A.M. Dziewonski,
Body wave traveltimes and a spheri-
dominance of long-wavelength hetero- ture and d.ynamics of the Earth s deep
tally symmetric P- and S-wave ve-
geneity in the mantle. Nature, 352, interior; AGU monograph 46, pp.55-
121-126, 1991. 63, 1988.
locity model. Geophys. .I. Int., 112,
40. Tanimoto, T., The 3-D shear wave 52. Wysession, M.E., and E.A. Okal, Re-
178-194, 1993.
structure in the mantle by overtone gional analysis of D” velocities from
28. Park, J., and Y. Yu, Anisotropy and
waveform inversion. II, Inversion the ray parameters of diffracted P pro-
coupled free oscillations: simplified
of X-waves, R-waves and G-waves. files. Geophys. Res. Lett., 16, 1417-
models and surface wave observations.
Geophys. J., 93,321-333,1988. 1420, 1989.
Geophys. .I. Int., 110,401-420, 1992.
41. Tanimoto, T., Long-wavelength S- 531 Young, C.J., and T. Lay, The core-
29. Pulliam, R.J., D.W. Vasco, and L.R. velocity structure throughout the man- mantle boundary. Ann. Rev. Earth
Johnson, Tomographic imversions for tle. Geophys. J. Int., 100, 327-336, Planet. Sci., 15, 25-46, 1987.
mantle P wave velocity structure 1990. 54, Young, C.J., and T. Lay, The core
based on the minimization of l2 and 1’ 42. Tromp, J., Support for anisotropy of shadow zone boundary and lateral
norms of International Seismological the Earth’s inner core from free oscil- variations of the P-velocity structure
Centre travel time residuals. .I. Geo- lations. Nature, 366, 678-681, 1993. of the lowermost mantle. Phys. Earth
phys. Res., 98, 699-734, 1993. 43. Vidale, J.E., and H.M. Benz, Upper- Planet. Inter., 54,64-g 1, 1989.
30. Revenaugh, J.S., and T.H. Jordan, mantIe discontinuities and the thermal 55. Zhang, Y-S., and T. Tanimoto, Ridges,
Mantle layering from ScS reverber- structure of transition zones. Nature, hotspots and their interactions as ob-
ations: 1. Waveform inversion of 356,678-68 1,1992. served in seismic velocity maps. Na-
zeroth-order reverberations. .I. Geo- 44. Vidale, J.E., and H.M. Benz, A sharp ture, 355,45-49, 1992.
Free Oscillations: Frequencies and Attenuations
KMI - VHZCDSN
I
1 2 3 4 5 6
Time after event [h]
surface of a pond travelling away from some initial distur- the impetus to start the global IDA (International Deploy-
bance. ment of Accelerometers) array in the mid-70’s. Theoret-
It is interesting to note that the particular Earth model ical work by Gilbert in the early 70’s also led to compact
used in this calculation is rather simple. In fact the model expressions for mode excitation and array processing al-
includes only radial variations of the elastic and anelas- gorithms which were eventually applied to hand-digitized
tic parameters and completely ignores lateral variations WWSSN recordings of the Columbian earthquake [16].
such as continent/ocean differences. Such spherically- The resulting explosion in the number and quality of de-
symmetric Earth models can quite accurately reproduce generate frequency estimates led to a datasetwhich is es-
many seismic observations and provide useful starting ap- sentially that used in the construction of current reference
proximations to more realistic calculations. Earth models [e.g., 111. Subsequentwork using data from
Much of the theory used to calculate the free oscilla- the modem digital arrays has led to the identification of
tions of Earth models has been available for over a cen- large signalsdue toEarth rotation and 3-dimensionalstruc-
tury but the observational history is much shorter. The ini- ture which must be assessedbefore accurate degenerate
tial “observation” was made by Benioff [3] who recorded frequencies can be assigned.
a long-period disturbance of the Earth on a fused-quartz
strainmeter after a large earthquakein Kamchatka in 1952. 2. FREE-OSCILLATION FREQUENCIES AND AT-
Benioff’s interpretation of this record is almost certainly TENUATION RATES
wrong but this work did reawake interest in the theoretical
aspectsof free-oscillations [e.g., I]. Thus, in 1960, code The utility of the free-oscillation description of long-
for computing the free-oscillation frequencies of realis- period seismic motion becomesapparentwhen we look at
tic Earth models existed just as the huge Chilean earth- the spectrum of a seismic recording. Figure 3 shows the
quake provided the first unambiguousrecordings. Several amplitude spectrum of 60 hours of the recording of Figure
groups presented observations of spheroidal modes mea- 2. The spectrum is clearly composed of discrete peaks,
sured on gravimeters and spheroidal and toroidal modes each peak corresponding to one (or more) mode of free
I
measured on strainmeters and the good agreement with
the calculated frequencies gave strong support to the re-
sults (particularly convincing was the lack of peaks at the
computed toroidal mode frequencies on the gravimeter
recordings). Recordings from this event also provided the
r KM/. VHZ CDSN 1
first observational evidence for splitting of the lowest fre-
quency modes causedby the rotation of the Earth [2, 251.
The occurrence of severalhugeearthquakesthroughout
the 60’s and the installation of the WWSSN (Worldwide
Standardized Seismographic Network) in the early 60’s
I
resulted in many further observationsof mode frequencies
which are summarized in Derr [9] and were usedin several
attempts to make better Earth models.
The next major step forward came with the occurrence
of the Columbian 1970 earthquake. This remarkable
earthquake was as large as anything recorded digitally
sincebut was at a depth of 650 km. Such deepearthquakes 10 15 2.0 2.5 3.0 35
are incapable of exciting fundamental modes which nor- Frequency [ml+]
mally dominate the seismogram and obscure the lower Fig. 3. Fourier amplitude spectrum of 60 hours of the
amplitude overtones. Consequently,the Colombian earth- recording shown in Figure 2. The record was Hanning-
quake allowed a great number of overtonesto be measured tapered to reduce spectral leakageeffects. The spectrum
for the first time. These modes are important since they (which is proportional to ground acceleration) is domi-
constrain the structure of the deep Earth. A gravimeter nated by large peaks which are roughly uniformly spaced
recording of this event was made at PaysonArizona by W. with a separation of about 0.1 mHz. These peaks corre-
Farrell and the spectrum (see next section) is completely spond to fundamental spheroidal modes which compose
dominated by overtones, some of which have not been re- the large amplitude Rayleigh wave packets seenin Figure
liably observed since! It is this recording which provided 2.
MASTERS AND WIDMER 107
TABLE 1. continued
Mode f obs .~PREM q:bs QPREM Idb Mode fobs ~PREM %bs PPREM ref.
PHZ PHZ W PHZ
,S’ts
. I ”
3169.00 f 2.50 3170.55 4.922 34 3T9 3843.OOf 5.00 3853.78 4.276 34
oS23 3170.65 f 0.10 3171.26 3.86 f .06 4.594 33c lTl9
1 . 1
3859.82 4.874
9s 3197.91 4.486 4SIo 3864.50f2.00 3864.58 3.&7 34
?Tl
a . 3203.50 4.636 2s18 3874.44 2.489 M
XSZ 3214.23 2.954 9s4 3877.95 1.940
oTu 3222.00f0.60 3220.90 7.37 f .26 7.281 32’ oT30 3883.00 f 1.00 3881.75 7.23 f .29 7.479 38
3S,l 3220.60 f 0.70 3221.27 4.002 34 OS31 3904.85 f 0.20 3905.40 4.95 f .08 5.571 33
9s2 3231.75 2.456 , Szo 3944.50 f 2.50 3941.56 6.434 34
3T2 3234.09 4.615 7Sh , ”
3958.72 1.983
2515 3240.89 3.878 M 6s9 3964.50 f 2.00 3965.35 3.119 34
lT14 3255.00 zt 1.50 3255.59 4.691 34 3’%6 3965.50 zt 1.50 3966.87 4.408 34
0524 3265.60 zk 0.10 3265.89 3.97 k 06 4.734 33c 07-31 3993.10 zt 1.50 3991.62 7.501 d
6% 3266.82 3.683 OS32 3994.05 + 0.15 3995.04 5.03 f .lO 5.671 33
2Tlo 3267.50 2~ 3.50 3270.21 4.193 34 3T10 3990.00 zt 5.00 3996.61 4.218 34
3So 3272.70 zt 0.60 3271.18 0.71 * .07 .923 21 1T19 4006.00 LIZ2.00 4007.17 4.930 34
37-3 3279.74 4.585 4511 4009.00 zt 2.00 4010.47 3.513 34
xS3 3283.64 3.916 2Tl4 4011.00 zt 4.50 4016.39 4.155 34
5S7 3291.88 zt 0.30 3290.76 1.91 zt .15 2.029 27 lOS2 4042.58 31 0.20 4032.33 1.17 f .15 5.217 27
oT25 3332.40 f 0.50 3331.35 7.26 zt .23 7.324 32’ 11 S?
1 . I
4058.47 7.638 I
,S16 3341.00 Z!T1.00 3338.62 6.024 34 OS33 4082.95 It 0.20 4084.52 5.24 f .lO 5.766 33
3T4 3340.20 4.546 IS21 4093.50 & 2.50 4088.34 6.429 34
,,Szs 3358.95 zt 0.10 3359.38 4.13 zt .08 4.869 33’ 2’%9 4092.40 2.457 M
3S12 3361.40 f 0.45 3362.07 4.074 34 OT32 4101.44 7.520
10% 3394.09 11.213 I 4so 4106.20 f 0.10 4105.76 0.82 zt .04 1.032 21
4% 3396.91 11.160 I 3s17 4124.30 f 0.90 4125.58 4.497 34
6S6 3403.86 3.905 3T11 4151.80 4.164
lTl5 3407.00 f 1.50 3408.95 4.733 34 4%2 4150.00 f 2.00 4152.98 3.643 34
7s4 3413.23 2.996 I T20 4152.00 f 2.50 4153.05 4.990 34
3T5 3415.15 4.500 5SlO 4157.00 11.175 I
OT26 3442.80 f 0.60 3441.64 7.18 f .26 7.362 32’ RSS 4165.61 zt 0.20 4166.20 1.63 f .15 1.636 27
Z&6 3443.46 2.821 M ;S3; 4172.10 zt 0.25 4173.90 5.06 f .08 5.857 33
OS26 3451.40 f 0.10 3451.91 4.29 f .08 5.000 33c ~TI<
* .., 4190.00 zt 2.00 4196.12 4.180 34
2Tll 3456.00 f 2.50 3457.67 4.150 34 (jS10 4211.11 zt 0.30 4210.76 2.822 34
,s17 3495.50 & 1.00 3493.94 6.309 34 oT33 4211.23 7.52 dr .32 7.537
3T6 3504.29 4.449 ,ST2 4228.50 + 3.50 4234.40 6.418 34
&q
_ __ 3506.20 f 0.70 3507.44 4.152 34 7s7 4237.85 2.409
5s8 3526.43 f 0.70 3525.65 2.391 27 oS35 4261.45 f 0.20 4263.23 5.33 + .lO 5.945 33
nSm 3543.10 f 0.10
” *,
3543.65 4.36 31 .08 5.125 33 3,!$8 4284.00 f 1.00 4285.98 4.586 34
OT27 3551.80 7.397 4S13 4294.00 f 2.00 4295.21 3.728 34
651 3552.60 3.919 ,T21 4295.00 zt 1.00 4297.42 5.055 34
,+Y3
3557.94 f 0.50 3554.98 1.30 * .15 1.286 27 12% 4300.34 4.466
IT16
3560.50 f 1.00 3560.73 4.777 34 1053 4300.92 3.451
$6 3607.30 4.393 4T1 4304.57 4.528
OS28 3634.40 f 0.10 3634.76 4.61 zt .08 5.244 33 2s20 4310.64 2.440 M
ISI8 3642.50f 1.50 3644.94 6.395 34 3T12 4317.00 f 6.00 4318.29 4.120 34
2T12 3640.50 f 2.50 3646.13 4.134 34 oT34 4322.00 f 1.50 4321.00 7.52 f .28 7.553 38
3S14 3655.40 f 0.60 3657.11 4.234 34 9% 4324.87 11.117 I
Z&7 3657.42 2.564 M 4T2 4326.83 4.527
7s5 3659.75 2.095 12s2 4330.16 4.357
oT2x 3662.00 f 0.60 3661.86 7.08 zt .26 7.427 32 OS36 4351.15 31 0.25 4352.53 5.43 * .lO 6.030 33
11St 3685.48 1.507 4T3 4360.07 4.527
8s; 3702.73 10.692 I 2T,6 4367.00 & 3.50 4372.15 4.211 34
ztSo 3707.50 f 1.50 3708.76 2.950 34 1S23 4379.00 3~ 2.00 4379.84 6.405 34
;T,> 3710.00 f 1.00 3711.01 4.824 34 lOS4 4381.16 4.217
3fi 3723.89 4.335 4% 4404.14 4.527
o&9 3724.75 f 0.15 3725.34 4.50 4~ .08 5.358 33 oT35 4430.75 7.11 f .24 7.566
&u 3737.50 f 1.00 3737.62 3.615 34 8S6 4435.24 2.268
;T29 3772.50 rt 0.70 3771.84 7.39 zt .28 7.455 32 4S14 4433.00 zt 1.50 4439.08 3.784 34
TSQ 3777.80 11.168 I ,Tz2 4440.00 f 2.00 4440.27 5.124 34
,-S,; 3794.00 Z!T1.50 3793.89 6.426 34 oS37 4440.70 f 0.35 4441.84 5.37 l .lO 6.111 33
3S,5 3809.80 zk 0.80 3810.48 4.319 34 3S,9 4447.00 zt 1.00 4447.56 4.675 34
oS3o 3814.85 f 0.15 3815.52 4.75 * .08 5.467 33 75x 4448.00 & 1.00 4452.59 3.111 34
2Tl3 3830.50 f 3.50 3832.88 4.138 34 5S,1 4464.00 zt 2.00 4456.55 2.669 34
110 FREE OSCILLATIONS
TABLE 1. continued
Mode fobs ~PREM 4Ja
obs qPREM rdb Mode fobs Pobs 4PREM ref.
PHZ PHZ PHZ
4T5 4458.81 4.526 qTtfi
- .- 5040.00 f4.50 5054.35 4.121 34
11
._is?
- 4462.42 2.235 OS445069.05 f 0.65 5069.01 6.03 f .10 6.615 33
10% 4469.75 4.129 7sl2 5068.50 31 2.50 5071.02 3.936 34
-,TI-,
_ __ 4482.00 f 7.00 4494.38 4.090 34 11% 5072.64 f 0.20 5074.41 1.66 f .lO 1.503 27
13S1 4490.00 f 0.80 4495.73 0.94 * .07 1.360 34 oT41 5089.15 7.10 f .30 7.617
4T6 4523.86 4.526 Is28 5088.00 f 5.00 5097.80 6.360 34
, Sz4 4525.00 f 3.00 4524.68 6.391 34 3523 5092.50 f 2.00 5098.49 4.999 34
2s21 4528.88 2.430 M 4T12 5116.00zt6.00 5119.49 4.517 34
oS38 4529.20 f 0.20 4531.20 5.56 f .10 6.190 33 IT27 5129.00 f 2.00 5131.50 5.525 34
6&l 4534.94 11.182 I 5s14 5138.00 f 2.00 5136.81 2.691 34
oT36 4542.00 f 2.00 4540.49 7.578 38 9s8 5138.50 zk 3.50 5144.45 2.117 34
2T17 4543.00 zt 2.00 4544.86 4.245 34 OS45 5157.20 zt 0.40 5159.01 6.01 f .10 6.680 33
lT23 4580.00 f 2.00 4581.59 5.198 34 2s24 5182.42 2.447 M
4S15 4583.00 f 1.50 4585.74 3.820 34 13s3 5194.39 f 0.10 5193.82 1.28 f .10 1.101 27
4T7 4599.04 4.527 OT42 5200.00 f 2.50 5198.89 7.621 38
3S20 4606.00 f 1.00 4609.89 4.761 34 4519 5201.00 f 2.00 5206.51 3.862 34
7S9 4612.00 f 2.50 4617.95 3.548 34 2T21 5202.00 f 2.50 5210.67 4.399 34
oS39 4618.65 3~ 0.20 4620.61 5.58 f .I0 6.266 33 Ss9 5211.00 f 2.00 5211.87 1.994 34
9s6 4620.88 3.020 6s13 5233.50 f 2.50 5233.88 3.944 34
ofi 4650.23 7.53 f .33 7.588 1 s29 5239.29 6.363
8S7 4650.46 2.844 3T11 5234.00 zt 8.00 5242.20 4.171 34
, Si5 4670.50 zt 3.00 4668.93 6.378 34 OS46 5248.50 310.50 5249.12 6.12 f .10 6.743 32
3T14 4677.69 4.078 433 5243.00 z!c7.00 5251.78 4.505 34
12s3 4683.62 11.585 I 3S24 5262.50 f 1.50 5261.42 5.050 34
4Ts 4684.10 4.527 1T28 5264.50 f 2.00 5265.22 5.611 34
5S12 4700.00 f 0.80 4695.98 2.593 34 7s13 5288.15 11.194 I
OS40 4707.70 f 0.35 4710.10 5.66 f .10 6.339 33 12s4 5293.80 11.333 I
2T18 4710.00 f 2.50 4714.71 4.281 34 15Sl 5295.75 1.471
1T24 4721 .OOf 2.00 4721.36 5.276 34 oT43 5308.63 7.625
4sl6 4730.00 f 2.50 4735.78 3.842 34 5&s 5328.00 f 2.00 5330.11 2.894 34
2s22 4746.99 2.424 M OS47 5338.60 f 0.50 5339.35 6.10 zk .12 6.804 32
oT3, 4762.00 rt 2.00 4759.96 7.02 41 .30 7.597 38 lls6 535 1.70 2.158
,, S4 4765.79 zt 0.20 4766.86 1.35 zt .ll 1.425 27 5T1 5353.50 5.012
7S1o 4763.50 f 4.50 4767.76 3.756 34 1651 5355.04 4.984
3S21 4771.00 f 1.50 4772.64 4.845 34 4s20 5362.00 f 2.50 5369.24 3.862 34
4T9 4778.82 4.527 5T2 5370.60 5.010
oS;1 4798.10 f 0.30 4799.67 5.88 zt .10 6.411 33 2T22 5366.OOf 2.50 5372.32 4.440 34
ISX
. *- 4812.50 zt 3.00 4812.57 6.368 34 14s2 5374.58 4.938
13s2 4844.60 f 0.20 4845.26 1.oo f .05 1.138 27 lS30 5378.50 f 4.00 5379.96 6.371 34
I T25 4859.50 zt 2.00 4859.60 5.357 34 9s9 5378.00 f 3.50 5389.25 2.696 34
3T15 4865.33 4.089 4T14 5384.50 f 4.50 5393.54 4.488 34
oT39 4869.69 7.11 f .30 7.605 5T3 5396.19 5.007
9s7 4872.64 2.041 1 T29 5399.50 f 2.50 5397.51 5.697 34
2T19 4882.09 4.319 2s25 5398.22 2.734 M
4T10 4885.00 f 5.00 4883.02 4.526 34 14s3 5407.52 4.866
_5th_ 4889.10 f 0.30 4884.17 0.80 If: .08 1.086 21 6s14 5409.00 f 2.00 5410.08 3.857 34
oS42 4887.70 310.35 4889.34 5.75 * .lO 6.481 33 oTa 5418.38 7.627
4S17 4882.50 f 2.00 4889.38 3.854 34 3s25 5424.50 + 2.50 5425.56 4.835 34
&T8 4904.50f 2.50 4908.07 2.384 34 3TlS 5414.00 St 7.00 5427.08 4.232 34
6512 4911.92 11.188 I OS48 5428.50 zt 0.50 5429.70 6.50 it .16 6.865 32
Ill& ”
.” 4914.11 11.470 I 5T4 5430.22 5.002
7&l 4915.50 zt 3.00 4916.94 3.870 34 13s4 5455.12 4.811
5&3 4927.50 zt 1.50 4924.40 2.590 34 5G 5472.60 4.996
14% 4925.38 11.350 I lOS7 5489.22 11.287 I
3522 493 1.50 f 1.50 4935.56 4.926 34 5’%6 5507.00 f 2.00 5506.96 3.117 34
1 s27 4956.00 f 6.00 4955.54 6.361 34 8&O 5506.00 f 2.00 5508.75 2.031 34
2s23 4964.89 2.425 M 1531 55 12.50 f 4.50 55 19.76 6.385 34
0543 4977.35 f 0.40 4979.12 6.00 f .12 6.549 33 OS49 5518.70 f 0.50 5520.16 6.61 It .15 6.924 32
07-40 4981 .OOf 2.00 4979.42 7.27 f .30 7.611 d ST6 5523.25 4.987
1 T26 4996.30 5.440 12% 5527.66 4.539
4T11 4993.50 z!c4.50 4996.59 4.523 34 oT45 5529.00 f 4.00 5528.13 7.630 38
4518 5043.00 zk 2.50 5046.41 3.860 34 1T30 5527.50 f 1.50 5528.40 5.783 34
2T20 5044.50 f 4.00 5047.32 4.359 34 2T23 5525.50 f 2.50 5532.41 4.481 34
MASTERS AND WIDMER 111
TABLE 1. continued
Mode fobs fP$M 6, QPREM rdb Mode fobs fPREM gobs ~PREM ref.
PHZ PHZ PHZ
4521 5525.OOf 2.005534.06 3.861 34 7515
._ 6038.97 11.205 I
,ASA
_. 5544.94 f 0.79 5541.84 1.23 f .06 1.346 34 I T34 6039.50 zk 3.50 6039.22 6.113 34
4T15 5538.OOf7.00 5544.83 4.462 34 4% 6051.83 4.362
IFS2 5551.32 9.152 I 3s28 6053.73 2.311 M
1157 5563.67 3.563 11&l 6055.80 11.532 I
5T7 5582.08 4.916 OS55 6064.80 f 1.50 6065.26 7.03 f .14 1.255 34
2S26 5579.00f2.00 5582.65 5.148 34 2s29 6068.50 zt 2.50 6066.18 5.460 34
6515 5606.50 f 2.50 5602.51 3.673 34 lS35 6069.14 6.494
3T19 5607.00 f 4.50 5608.11 4.296 34 oT50 6076.99 7.630
OS50 5609.70 f 0.50 5610.73 6.77 f .16 6.982 32 5T13 6102.68 4.816
9&o 5604.50 f 2.50 5610.93 3.121 34 17% 6129.05 1.396
3 526 5620.49 2.489 M 3T22 6120.00 f 6.00 6129.31 4.456 34
0%6 5637.89 7.631 12&s 6132.42 f 0.55 6137.17 2.01 f .ll 1.763 34
12s6 5646.58 3.743 5s20 6152.00 f 3.00 6155.98 3.579 34
ST8 5649.00 4.961 OS56 6158.90 f 1.50 6156.48 7.13 A.15 7.306 34
17-31 5656.OOf3.00 5657.96 5.868 34 2T27 6151.00f6.00 6159.71 4.633 34
ls32 5657.00 f 8.00 5658.62 6.404 34 13s6 6161.19 1.541
7s14 5663.80 11.200 I 1T35 6166.OOIt3.50 6164.06 6.189 34
5&7 5669.OOf3.00 5673.69 3.295 34 8&4 6169.00 zt 6.00 6170.65 3.904 34
2T24 5684.50 f4.00 5691.09 4.522 34 oG1 6186.78 7.628
16s2 5697.12 3.042 9&2 6184.50 f 2.00 6187.26 2.150 34
4s22 5694.OOk 2.50 5700.49 3.861 34 lOSl0 6176.50 f 2.50 6190.88 2.658 34
OS51 5701.20 f 0.60 5701.42 6.99 f .16 1.039 32 ls36 6200.00 f 7.00 6203.83 6.534 34
4Tl6 5709.OOf7.00 5705.48 4.431 34 4s25 6199.00f3.00 6204.82 3.868 34
8S11 5715.50 * 3.00 5717.48 3.095 34 5T14 6217.17 4.768
5T9 5723.92 4.943 16s3 6222.36 11.598 I
loss 5735.OOrt7.00 5137.09 3.550 34 2530 6230.50 rt 2.50 6225.58 5.524 34
6sO 5742.00 zt 0.20 5740.25 0.90 f .18 1.095 34 4T19 6234.50 4.334
2s21 5736.50 f 2.50 5745.07 5.316 34 6S18 6242.00 zt 2.00 6235.56 3.236 34
oT47 5141.66 7.631 OS57 6246.30 zk 1.30 6247.80 6.80 ic .13 1.351 34
3T20 5785.OOf8.00 5785.19 4.357 34 3s29 6270.74 2.372 M
li”32 5786.50 f 3.00 5786.24 5.952 34 Ifi 6287.50 f 3.00 6281.81 6.263 34
OS52 5792.30 zt 1.20 5792.22 6.85 f .I6 7.095 32 oT5z 6296.58 7.626
lS33 5798.OOf6.00 5796.49 6.429 34 3T23 6299.00 316.00 6297.60 4.491 34
5T10 5806.78 4.919 2T28 6309.50 f 3.50 6313.75 4.661 34
65-16 5811.50 f 2.50 5808.40 3.474 34 5s21 6312.50 zt 2.00 6316.82 3.632 34
13s5 5834.28 4.079 s&5 6306.50 LIZ4.50 6317.11 3.990 34
5SlX 5831.00 f 3.00 5835.59 3.422 34 1554 6332.35 2.501
3s21 5836.74 2.389 M 1537 6338.00 3~ 6.00 6337.41 6.578 34
2T25 5843.00 f 3.50 5848.47 4.561 34 OS58 6341.10 f 1.50 6339.21 7.21 f .I6 7.406 34
12s7 5855.88 2.360 5T15 6339.76 4.713
oT4s 58.59.OOf4.00 5857.43 7.631 38 4 526 6363.00 f 3.50 6373.42 3.876 34
4s23 5858.50 f 2.00 5868.03 3.861 34 2531 6388.50 f 2.00 6384.20 5.585 34
4T17 5870.00~9.00 5874.88 4.396 34 17s2 6395.21 4.327
852 5874.50 31 3.50 5876.05 3.565 34 6Tl 6397.86 4.955
OS53 5885.00 f 1.50 5883.13 6.83 * .15 7.149 32 13s7 6398.97 2.613
9Sll 5887.OOf7.00 5885.77 2.416 34 18% 6402.12 5.271
5T11 5891.53 4.891 oG3 6408.00 f 6.00 6406.38 7.623 38
2S28 5904.OOf2.00 5906.03 5.393 34 1G7 6412.50 f 2.50 6410.74 6.333 34
1T33 5915.00 f 3.50 5913.31 6.034 34 6T2 6412.65 4.948
14% 5929.81 8.644 I Is16 6413.76 11.211 I
I s34 5933.35 6.459 4T20 6420.67 4.316
lOS9 5939.00 f 4.50 5941.76 3.125 34 19% 6427.44 11.165 I
3El 5955.OOf6.00 5958.71 4.411 34 OS59 6436.30 3~ 3.50 6430.72 1.454 34
oT49 5969.50 f 4.00 5967.21 7.631 d 6fi 6434.81 4.938
OS54 5975.60 f 1.40 5974.14 7.15 f .14 1.203 32 1159 6437.50 f 1.50 6437.12 1.594 34
5s19 5989.50 f 2.00 5995.82 3.513 34 6’%9 6453.50 f 2.50 6441.44 3.197 34
5Tl2 5996.15 4.856 1753 6452.27 4.679
2T26 6001.00 f 4.50 6004.65 4.598 34 10% 1 6446.00 f 6.00 6454.44 2.637 34
6%7 6026.50 f 2.00 6021.31 3.325 34 3T24 6464.14 4.517
i3s13 6016.00 f 3.50 6024.43 3.718 34 6fi 6464.29 4.924
15s3 6030.96 f 0.35 6035.22 1.24 f .I6 1.241 34 8&j 6471.00f4.50 6464.75 4.051 34
4s24 6025.50 f 3.50 6036.26 3.864 34 2T29 6464.50 f 3.00 6466.83 4.698 34
112 FREE OSCILLATIONS
TABLE 1. continued
Mode fobs .~PREM PPREM db Mode f obs ~PREM gobs QPREM ref.
P”Z P”Z P”Z P”Z
_, SW
II 6482.00 f 9.00 6469.86 6.627 34 lnSll 6871.00 zt 9.00 6874.43 3.601 34
536 6470.62 4.651 AS-m 6870.00 z!z2.00 6877.18 3.917 34
15% 6475.3 1 4.113 ” “ .
6889.58 7.678
5s22 6480.00 f 6.00 6478.57 3.678 34 18s3 6888.00 3~0.55 6891.93 1.21 f .11 1.174 34
9s13 6487.00 zt 1.50 6483.50 2.063 34 1T41 6889.00 zt 6.00 6894.00 6.580 34
3s30 6487.70 2.368 M 5G9 69 14.69 4.433
14s6 6493.5 1 11.069 1 2T32 6911.00 zk 4.50 6920.90 4.784 34
6G 6501.07 4.907 3s32 6921.36 2.363 M
oT54 6516.18 7.620 7s19 6919.00 f 7.00 6921.84 4.175 34
0560 6526.00 zt 3.00 6522.32 7.11 32 .19 7.501 34 llJ%l 6915.00 f 9.00 6922.23 3.088 34
1T3s 6532.73 6.400 2OSl 6948.50 zt 0.60 6954.04 1.29 f .15 1.141 34
4s27 6532.00 + 2.00 6541.80 3.886 34 OT58 6959.00 zt 6.00 6955.42 7.604 d
2332 6548.50 f 4.00 6542.03 5.643 34 6q2 6956.77 4.714
6T6 6545.07 4.887 3T27 6946.50 f 3.50 6956.93 4.557 34
18S2 6545.69 1.876 5s25 6964.50 f 3.50 6967.92 3.803 34
13SE 6553.59 3.591 4T23 6980.21 4.309
16s4 6568.64 3.389 ”OS65
__ 6985.00 + 5.00 6981.61 7.720 d
750 6580.00 + 0.50 6580.7 1 1.26 f 0.09 1.135 ls42 6988.22 6.852
lSs6 6595.93 4.489 2S35 7015.00 f 3.50 7010.52 5.800 34
6fi 6596.24 4.864 1T42 7013.50 & 3.50 7013.05 6.633 34
lS39 6601.16 6.679 OSI<
, L_I
7028.00 3~ 2.50 7029.82 2.325 34
4T21 6594.00 zt 6.00 6608.12 4.307 34 IO.%4 7027.00 314.50 7038.76 3.859 34
5T17 6609.94 4.583 4530 7034.00 * 2.00 7043.91 3.938 34
12s9 6610.23 11.602 1 1458 7039.00 f 1.50 7047.89 2.070 34
OS61 6614.00 7.547 65122 7053.50 f 2.50 7048.18 3.324 34
7s17 6611.00 5 4.50 6614.22 4.110 34 6q3 7049.19 4.680
2fiO 6609.00 i 3.50 6619.02 4.728 34 oT59 7065.24 7.599
oTss 6625.98 7.617 2G3 7066.00 f 4.00 7070.65 4.811 34
3T25 6622.50 3~ 3.50 6629.35 4.536 34 0566 7073.71 7.760
5s23 6635.00 f 3.50 6641.17 3.720 34 19s2 7078.81 11.007 I
1T39 6656.00 f 6.00 6653.89 6.464 34 ST20 7080.11 4.356
6s20 6659.50 f 2.00 6654.48 3.202 34 7s20 7085.00 f 5.00 7081.96 4.182 34
6% 6654.50 4.838 15s7 7085.82 11.488 I
13s9 6686.16 3.861 IS43 7115.01 6.914
IO%2 6682.50 31 3.00 6687.11 3.104 34 3T28 7113.50 f 3.50 7119.64 4.562 34
2533 6699.04 5.698 5s26 7129.00 +z 2.00 7131.42 3.846 34
3s31 6704.57 2.365 M 1T43 7133.00 * 5.00 7131.51 6.683 34
OS62 6705.78 7.592 3s33 7138.07 2.360 M
4528 6705.00 f 1.50 6709.77 3.900 34 ._ . 7138.00 zt 1.50
l?Sll 7138.82 1.956 34
IIS 6712.50 f 3.50 6712.42 2.345 34 6q4 7148.14 4.644
6T9 6719.78 4.810 l1S12 7144.00 f 5.00 7149.61 2.725 34
IS40 6739.00 * 7.00 673 1.3 1 6.734 34 1GS6 7149.13 +z 0.54 7153.68 1.72 f .25 1.352 34
OT56 6735.79 7.613 13&o 7155.54 11.652 I
szs 6757.93 4.509 8518 7162.43 11.222 I
7sl8 6764.00 zt 6.00 6766.28 4.150 34 4T24 7159.00 dz 8.00 7163.04 4.313 34
9514 6771.50 z!r 1.00 6768.24 2.063 34 2536 7166.50 f 3.00 7164.96 5.847 34
2fi1 6763.00 & 4.50 6770.36 4.756 34 OS67 7165.89 7.799
14s7 6772.89 3.026 OTGO 7175.06 7.594
1T40 6773.50 f 4.50 6774.29 6.524 34 loSl5 7202.00 f 5.00 7209.25 3.746 34
8sl7 6788.22 11.217 I ztS-a~ 7200.00 +
1 I .
2.00 7209.87 3.963 34
6FO 6791.98 4.780 21j4 7214.00 zt 6.00 7219.63 4.838 34
3T26 6791.00 & 7.00 6793.54 4.548 34 c.Sm 7241.00 f
Y _ _ ,
2.00 7233.92 3.425 34
4T22 6795.04 4.306 9$6 7238.00 f 3.00 7239.58 3.133 34
OS63 6797.64 7.635 IS44 7240.71 6.977
5s24 6802.00 zt 3.00 6804.39 3.761 34 18s4 7238.25 f 0.18 7241.00 1.08 zt .06 1.060 34
16% 6829.84 zt 1.44 6836.41 1.86 f .15 1.720 34 7S21 7238.50 zt 4.50 7247.61 4.166 34
oT57 6845.61 7.609 1T44 7249.50f 3.00 7249.42 6.730 34
17s4 6854.04 11.690 I 6Tl5 7253.56 4.609
6s21 6859.00 f 2.00 6855.03 3.246 34 d-21 7253.69 4.286
2534 6855.21 5.750 0568 7258.14 7.838
IS41 6860.33 6.792 3T29 7273.00 zt 4.50 7281.77 4.565 34
12S10 6860.00 f 5.00 6861.33 3.022 34 OT61 7284.88 7.588
6Tl 6871 .Ol 4.748 5s27 7294.59 3.892
MASTERS AND WIDMER 113
TABLE 1. continued
Mode f”6.S ~PREM q:bs 4PREM db Mode fobs ~PREM Qo6.s DPREM ref.
PHZ PHZ PHZ PHZ
2Sy7 7314.50f 3.50 7318.53 5.890 34 2T31 7653.00 zk 3.00 7661.93 4.924 34
4T25 7343.40 4.318 lG%
. I Y
7664.98 11.231 I
OS69 7350.47 7.875 ITI 7667.63 4.741
,4S9 7343.94 zt 0.61 7354.08 1.892 34 lOSl7 7678.00 * 1.50 7675.89 2.580 34
3 s34 7354.71 2.358 M 2Os3 7685.74 7.229 I
2os2 7357.09 1.940 11514 7679.00 3~ 3.50 7686.80 2.504 34
1 s45 7365.35 7.041 16‘% 7689.68 4.011
6Tl6 7365.37 4.574 13Sll 7693.02 11.669 I
l T45 7362.50 3~ 4.50 7366.83 6.773 34 4T27 7694.00 f 7.00 7697.46 4.326 34
2T35 7362.00 * 4.00 7367.85 4.865 34 9&9 7695.00 zk 4.50 7698.29 4.030 34
4S32 7366.00 zt 2.00 7374.98 3.992 34 4s34 7691 .OOzt 1.50 7702.48 4.062 34
OT62 7394.70 7.582 I T4s 7713.50 zt 3.50 7716.44 6.886 34
9S17 7390.00 f 5.00 7403.56 3.675 34 7Ts 7717.14 4.735
6s24 7418.50 Zk 2.00 7413.13 3.534 34 OS73 7720.47 8.012
,,s,3 7411.50 * 4.00 7417.49 2.379 d-65 7724.15 7.563
7S22 7416.00 * 6.00 7419.40 4.127 :1 1 s48 7733.33 7.236
,,,Sl(j 7423.00 zt 2.50 7422.64 3.038 34 hTl4
” L ,
7738.59 4.474
sSo 7428.00 zk 1.50 7424.13 0.90 zt .22 1.174 34 6S26 7756.00 zk 4.00 7757.89 3.733 34
sT22 7434.43 4.226 3T32 7757.50 Zk4.50 7764.94 4.572 34
OS70 7442.86 7.911 15s9 7771.75 4.008
3T30 7439.00 f 4.50 7443.36 4.567 34 7T9 7772.53 4.730
12S12 7451.50 f 2.00 7455.08 1.754 34 2S40 7776.00 f4.00 7773.95 6.005 34
sS28 7450.50 zt 2.00 7457.18 3.939 34 ITSI?
.- ._ 7771.00 & 2.50 7777.00 1.758 34
17s5 7461.22 10.212 I 5S30 7776.50 zt 2.50 7780.00 4.034 34
2S38 7476.00 + 4.00 7471.21 5.931 34 7Sm I .
7788.00 zt 5.00 7780.08 4.013 34
16s7 7470.04 f 1.00 7474.14 1.50 * .15 1.250 34 3s36 7787.76 2.355 M
6Tl7 7483.49 4.540 2ls3 7801.59 5.862
IT46 7483.50 f 4.00 7483.78 6.813 34 17& 7805.05 1.838
I s46 7488.98 7.106 2T38 7797.00 z!z4.00 7807.76 4.956 34
2lSl 7495.27 4.718 ST24 7810.82 4.155
7T 7498.57 4.762 OS74 7813.15 8.043
IT61 7504.52 7.576 22S1 7816.70 zt 0.40 7819.54 0.95 f .05 1.304 34
l9S3 7504.8 1 4.384 .-
IAS,. I. 7803.00 zt 6.00 7823.54 3.769 34
7T2 7511.20 4.760 I T49 7830.00 f 6.00 7832.22 6.918 34
2lS2 7514.86 4.577 7T10 7833.70 4.725
2T36 7505.00 zt 5.00 7515.28 4.894 34 OT66 7833.97 7.555
lSs5 7517.39 4.365 8 s20 7848.00 zk 6.00 7843.35 4.106 34
4T26 7512.00 z!r 6.00 7521.46 4.322 34 1 s49 7854.14 7.300
7T3 7530.11 4.758 4s35 7856.00 zt 1.50 7864.82 4.102 34
0571 7535.33 7.946 4T28 7863.00 zt 8.00 7871.66 4.331 34
ss19 7536.4 1 11.229 6T20 7875.57 4.443
4s33 7532.00 zt 1.50 7539.19 4.025 :4 15&o 7893.00 f 6.00 7897.49 3.224 34
1954 7540.90 4.538 23 sl 7899.09 11.631 I
9&s 7551.00 zt 5.00 7552.78 3.907 34 7T11 7900.55 4.720
7T4 7555.27 4.754 OS75 7905.88 8.074
3s35 7571.27 2.357 M 9520 7910.21 11.235 I
.17Sh
” 7580.67 4.230 llS15 .I
._ 7919.06 3.012
7T5 7586.61 4.750 2S41 7917.50 f 6.00 7924.01 6.038 34
6525 7590.00 f 1.50 7587.27 3.640 34 3T33 7914.50 f 4.50 7924.89 4.576 34
7s23 7598.00 f 3.50 7597.20 4.073 34 6&7 7929.00 f 7.00 7926.36 3.810 34
1T47 7594.00 f 5.00 7600.3 1 6.851 34 loS18 7940.50 f 2.50 7938.48 2.434 34
3T31 7605.00 * 5.00 7604.42 4.569 34 sS31 7939.00 z!z 1.50 7940.16 4.080 34
6Tl8 7607.90 4.506 oT67 7950.00 zk 8.00 7943.78 7.548 d
I s47 7611.63 7.171 lT5~ 7948.50 z!r 3.50 7947.68 6.947 34
oTta 7614.33 7.569 7Tw
I _, 7943.50 zt 3.00 7952.75 4.990 34
5s29 7616.00 rt 2.50 7619.01 3.987 34 13Slz 7954.50 * 5.50 7955.03 4.043 34
SE3 7620.80 4.181 l8s6 7957.04 2.530
2s39 7627.00 414.00 7623.02 5.970 34 7525 7968.00 31 3.50 7966.58 3.960 34
7T6 7624.09 4.746 7Tl2 7972.96 4.715
OS72 7627.87 7.979 IS50 7974.10 7.363
17s7 7635.12 4.372 ss21 7989.3 1 4.156
14SlO 7624.00 + 4.00 7635.75 2.574 34 OS76 8015.00 518.00 7998.68 8.103 d
l9S5 7661.84 2.726 5T25 8002.38 4.148
114 FREE OSCILLATIONS
TABLE 1. continued
Mode fobs fPREM q:bs QPREM ref.’ Mode fobs 40bs PPREM ref.
CLHZ CLHZ PHZ
2 s-27
d -.,,
8004.19 2.353 M 4T31 8385.3 1 4.361
6T21 8018.91 4.413 ‘jT36 8395.00 + lo.0 8401.09 4.598 34
4&j 8015.50 f 3.50 8026.22 4.146 34 IT54 8400.00 zt 10.0 8406.75 7.044 34
4T29 8044.29 4.339 12S15 8402.00 f 9.00 8411.28 1.840 34
7T13 8050.83 4.711 7T17 8414.71 4.696
OT68 8053.59 7.540 sS34 8410.00 f 4.00 8416.62 4.191 34
!T5] 8059.00 f 6.00 8062.83 6.975 34 l1 Sls8424.00 f 8.00 8418.49 3.976 34
2S42 8065.00 f 8.00 8073.21 6.069 34 6S30 8417.00 f 6.00 8427.41 3.952 34
3T34 8080.00 f 5.00 8084.26 4.581 34 15S12 8432.50 & 3.00 8432.73 1.747 34
13s13 809 1.46 3.907 3539 8436.86 2.350 M
OS77 8091.55 8.131 .”I&O._ 8433.00 f 3.00 8437.72 1.291 34
19s6 8093.14 10.515 I 8S24 8431.00 f 8.00 8440.00 4.211 34
IS51 8093.25 7.425 I Ss4 8446.3 1 7.603
(j,!& 8094.00 f 5.00 8093.69 3.871 34 loS20 845 1.50 rt 2.50 8446.66 2.560 34
2T40 8089.00 f 5.00 8096.87 5.027 34 OS81 8463.61 8.232
]2S]4 8093.00 f 2.50 8097.37 1.809 34 2oS5 8464.65 f 0.84 8471.58 1.571 34
5S32 8098.00 f 5.00 8099.56 4.122 34 13S15 8462.00 f 9.00 8474.42 2.968 34
]]S]f, 81@,.00 f lo.0 8107.03 3.514 34 6T24 8487.69 4.332
2Os4 8 116.77 1.278 OT72 8492.80 7.507
],jsg 8116.00 41 2.00 8117.59 1.392 34 4S39 8492.50 3~ 3.00 8504.92 4.293 34
l5Sll 8132.00 zt 6.00 8130.95 1.999 34 2S45 8515.00 f 8.00 8515.75 6.150 34
7T14 8134.04 4.707 7T18 8518.35 4.691
8S22 8135.00 f 8.00 8136.99 4.188 34 .rTss
__ 8520.94 7.063
7526 8152.00f 8.00 8155.16 3.919 34 22343 8507.00 f 8.00 8523.66 5.153 34
_0TfiQ
-, 8163.40 7.533 ,Sm
I
8536.00 zt 9.00
- -
8533.66 3.876 34
6T22 8168.68 4.385 24% 8550.62 4.963
1T52 8170.00 + 8.00 8177.72 7.000 34 8Z 8551.15 4.97s
0578 8184.47 8.158 4TQ 8548.00 f 7.00 8553.86 4.377 34
4s37 8177.50 zt 3.00 8186.69 4.192 34 o&2 8556.77 8.254
ST26 8193.48 4.159 3T37 8548.00 f 5.00 8558.49 4.609 34
lOS19 8200.00 It 3.50 8197.96 2.428 34 22s3 8559.91 3.686
22s2 8207.04 1.397 23s2 8561.36 5.004
I%2 8211.63 7.486 RT7
” _
8561.68 4.974
4T30 8195.00 zt 10.0 8215.47 4.348 34 1 s55 8562.68 7.659
3S38 8220.55 2.352 M IIS 8568.59 4.020
2s43 8213.00 f 7.00 8221.56 6.098 34 ST28 8568.60 4.218
7Tu 8222.48 4.703 5S3s 8570.50 f 3.50 8574.62 4.218 34
14512 8224.06 11.684 I C3 8577.46 4.973
2fi1 8230.00 zt 8.00 8240.08 5.066 34 _. -
7452 8585.28 11.454 I
3T3s 8243.00 4.589 6s31 8589.00 ct 5.00 8594.46 3.975 34
17s9 8248.53 Il.488 I as25 8582.00 f 6.00 8596.24 4.205 34
ss33 8253.50 5 3.50 8258.32 4.159 34 22s4 8598.40 4.877
13s14 8265.00 f 8.00 8258.94 3.502 34 8% 8598.47 4.970
6s29 8257.50 f 4.00 8260.57 3.918 34 ISSS 8599.27 2.423
9so 8269.50 z!z 1.00 8262.64 0.82 3~ .20 1.190 34 oT73 8602.59 7.499
II‘%7 8265.00 31 8.00 8268.00 3.821 34 23s3 8602.59 2.605
oT70 8273.20 7.524 sTs 8624.69 4.967
OS79 8277.46 8.184 7Tlg 8626.95 4.685
9521 8283.85 11.241 I lTS6 8627.00 zt 8.00 8634.93 7.081 34
8S23 8273.00 f 7.00 8287.05 4.205 34 21% 8639.18 4.429
1Ts3 8278.00 f 7.00 8292.35 7.023 34 2Os6 8642.79 4.644
18S7 8301.04 1.444 os33 8649.99 8.275
7Tl6 8316.07 4.700 3 s40 8653.08 2.360 M
6T23 8324.95 4.358 2SSl 8652.50 It 0.40 8655.17 1.02 zt .07 1.185 34
l&3 8329.31 7.545 8T6 8656.08 4.964
7s27 8347.00 41 6.00 8344.50 3.892 34 6T25 8656.69 4.309
4S38 8336.00 + 2.00 8346.24 4.242 34 9s22 8657.36 11.248 I
2544 8367.00 f 6.00 8369.08 6.124 34 7SAh 8682.00 f 6.00 866 1.61 6.173 34
OS80 8370.50 8.208 4S40 8651.50 xt 3.00 8662.79 4.335 34
21s4 8373.62 11.544 I ~TAA
- 8661.00 zt 9.00 8663.95 5.200 34
2T42 8370.00 h 10.0 8382.36 5.108 34 19s7 8671.41 10.411 I
sT21 8382.56 4.183 ,oS21 8669.00 zt 4.50 8673.48 2.922 34
oT71 8383.00 7.516 1 sS6 8678.47 7.713
MASTERS AND WIDMER 115
TABLE 1. continued
Mode fobs fF’$M @bs 9PREM rdb Mode f obs fPREM qobs QPREM ref.
PHZ PHZ PHZ
,?S,n
._ ._ 8689.50 f 4.00 8691.79 2.225 34 IIT11 9017.75 4.900
BP 8692.62 4.959 IS59 9022.73 7.864
2os7 8706.24 5.731 25S2 9026.51 f 0.69 9022.91 1.22% .I1 1.269 34
oT74 8712.37 7.489 OS87 9023.43 8.350
3T38 8697.00* 8.00 8715.17 4.422 34 3T40 9020.00 zt 10.0 9026.32 4.653 34
AT??
I_ 8718.00 f 4.50 8721.15 4.395 34 9523 9030.75 11.255 I
7s29 8722.02 3.870 lo&3 9025.00 3~ 10.0 9038.42 3.756 34
llS20 8715.00 f 10.0 8726.69 3.927 34 0%
_ 9050.00 & 8.00 9041.69 7.461 d
5S36 8726.50 f 3.50 8732.50 4.237 34 19S9 9038.OOf 8.00 9047.16 1.632 34
ST8 8734.26 4.953 $38 9035.50 f4.50 9048.53 4.258 34
14513 8724.50 f 4.00 8734.78 2.097 34 4T35 9050.00 f 5.00 9052.02 4.438 34
16&l 8729.00 I!T 5.00 8736.47 1.816 34 lOS0 9056.12 1.206
7fiO 8740.5 1 4.677 l3S17 9055.50 f 4.00 9063.12 2.083 34
OS84 8743.27 8.296 2T47 9069.00 f 8.00 9078.56 5.359 34
18S9 8735.00 f 7.00 8747.40 4.299 34 4542 9085.50 2.346 M
1p57 8740.00 f 10.0 8748.74 7.097 34 8s28 9086.85 4.143
15s13 8749.54 11.679 I ITa 9083.00f9.00 9089.22 7.137 34
5T29 8751.14 4.257 8Tl4 9089.28 4.882
,3s16 8746.00 3~ 5.00 8752.25 2.313 34 2S49 9093.00 f 9.00 9094.25 6.239 34
~S26 8760.00 f 9.00 8756.06 4.191 34 ,S31 9107.00 f 8.00 9095.12 3.875 34
6s32 8755.00 f 5.00 8761.80 3.991 34 16sl3 9095.71 3.627
sT9 8780.96 4.946 _h&d_. 9100.00 f lo.0 9097.31 4.004 34
l&7 8793.72 7.765 5T31 9105.98 4.337
Id%7
. , 1
8797.85 3.536 IIS22 9101.50f4.50 9111.59 3.153 34
2T45 8785.00* 6.00 8803.22 5.250 34 __
7T71 9111.72 4.629
2s47 8806.64 6.196 OS88 9116.92 8.365
17&o 8817.00 11.146 I 3S43 9120.50 f 2.00 9131.62 4.510 34
3S41 8816.50 f 2.50 8819.77 4.400 34 l&O 9136.57 7.911
07% 8822.15 7.480 12518 9145.99 3.073
6T26 8831.46 4.290 17S12 9146.00 f 5.00 9151.28 2.163 34
UT10 8832.70 4.937 n%7
_ ._ 9151.46 7.45 1
18&O 8836.23 4.985 ST15 9165.71 4.862
1 -_
Il.!%4 8836.60 8.315 14s15 9168.47 3.598
21S6 8848.57 f 0.71 8850.77 1.60 f .20 1.351 34 2ls7 9167.79 f 0.53 9173.79 1.58 f .20 1.250 34
7T21 8859.08 4.665 3T41 9166.00 zk 8.00 9180.76 4.670 34
l T58 885 1.OOf 9.00 8862.38 7.112 34 6T28 9194.29 4.271
1oS22 8868.00 f 7.00 8868.46 3.417 34 s&4 9175.00 f 10.0 9196.93 3.929 34
4s41 8869.34 2.348 M lT61 9197.00 ic 8.00 9202.44 7.148 34
3T39 8858.00 f 8.00 8871.12 4.637 34 5s39 9195.00 f 4.50 9206.92 4.259 34
4T34 8873.00 f 6.00 8887.20 4.416 34 OS89 92 10.47 8.380
RTII 8889.44 4.927 2q8 9204.00 2~ 8.00 9214.61 5.416 34
631 8882.50 + 2.00 8890.43 4.250 34 4136 9210.00 f 8.00 9215.65 4.462 34
ll&l 8904.37 3.606 2453 9218.64 10.287 I
Is58 8908.46 7.816 2s50 9236.83 6.261
7530 8909.23 3.870 7T24 9246.21 4.601
8s27 8912.00 f 6.00 8919.60 4.170 34 _ ._
RTM 9247.01 4.839
6533 8929.00 f 6.00 8929.44 4.000 34 Is61 9250.01 7.955
OS86 8955.00 318.00 8929.99 8.333 d _,&XI-_ 9258.00 zt 9.00 9257.65 4.114 34
5T30 8930.17 4.298 oT79 9261.21 7.441
OTT6 8931.93 7.471 20% 9262.17 11.298 I
12’%7 8929.00 f 5.00 8933.91 2.612 34 6s35 9265.32 4.006
2T46 8932.00 f 7.00 8941.43 5.303 34 15514 9270.16 11.706 I
23s4 8934.36 zt 0.70 8941.57 1.34 f .15 1.235 34 5132 9279.00 4.372
17Sll 8942.70 3.946 7s32 9279.63 3.882
16512 8944.33 3.522 3s44 9275.00 f 3.50 9286.52 4.564 34
2s48 8955.00 f 10.0 8950.86 6.218 34 23 s5 9289.53 zt 0.30 9289.58 1.12 f .17 1.112 34
8Tl2 8951.13 4.914 4s43 9301.61 2.345 M
1T59 8975.87 7.125 o&l 9304.07 8.394
3s42 8966.50 f 2.50 8976.05 4.455 34 16sl4 9304.36 2.698
7T22 8982.76 4.650 I Tm__ 9307.00 f 7.00 9315.53 7.157 34
14514 8978.00 zt 6.00 8985.12 3.019 34 12S19 9341.00 zt 8.00 9329.10 3.469 34
22% 9005.25 11.708 I 8Tl7 9333.20 4.813
6T21 9011.09 4.277 3T42 9323.00 * 8.00 9334.44 4.688 34
116 FREE OSCILLATIONS
TABLE 1. continued
Mode foba fF’$“H”z q:bs 4PREM refb Mode f obs gob.7 PPREM ref.
PHZ W
14S16 9337.18 3.543 9T4 962 1.48 4.773
11s71
1 . _ I
9333.00 * 5.00 9341 .lO 2.863 34 ”~TM 9615.00 rk 7.00 9639.58 41723 34
2T49 9333.00 zt 8.00 9349.55 5.475 34 7s34 9651.00 f 5.00 9644.54 3.899 34
95125 9351.55 4.017 9% 9645.80 4.762
l9S,O 9343.00 f 5.00 9357.39 1.479 34 23s6 9646.41 7.094 I
ls62 9363.08 7.997 12SZl 9646.00 f 7.00 9647.81 3.867 34
26S1 9364.82 11.554 I 2455 9647.92 4.675
5S4,, 9353.50 f 3.00 9365.67 4.256 34 19&I 9653.75 1.872
OTXO __ 9370.95 7.430 lr65 9648.00 zk 4.00 9654.15 7.180 34
]3s,8 9366.00 zt 6.00 937 1.79 2.038 34 2s53 9659.62 6.326
ATW .,. 9390.00 f 7.00 9378.12 4.485 34 4577
, I I
9660.38 4.088
2s51 9378.59 6.282 13S,9 9668.00 f 7.00 9671.80 2.054 34
6%9 9379.50 4.272 9% 9674.96 4.750
18Sll 9384.3 1 11.660 I OS94 9678.99 8.438
7% 9386.54 4.564 j&2 9666.00 f 3.00 9684.42 4.239 34
OS91 9397.73 8.407 7T27 9686.26 4.465
lOs24 9404.05 11.263 I 4T39 9679.00 zt 9.00 9699.82 4.530 34
8G8 9424.29 4.783 oTs3 9700.14 7.398
25s3 9424.61 2.646 24& 9700.17 4.089
IT63 9420.00 41 10.0 9428.51 7.166 34 IS65 9700.36 8.113
8s30 9413.00 f 9.00 9431.74 4.083 34 4T7 9708.96 4.735
6s36 9420.00 f 6.00 9433.35 4.005 34 ,;S;, 9705.00 zt 6.00 9709.08 2.165 34
l7Sl1 9430.00 3~ 6.00 9435.93 1.804 34 22s7 9716.00 4.489
3S45 9424.00 zt 4.50 9440.80 4.618 34 8T21 9727.24 4.67 1
5T33 9449.69 4.402 4545 9733.71 2.343 M
7S33 9464.00 f 9.00 9462.76 3.890 34 3S47 9729.00 f 6.00 9747.60 4.724 34
Is63 9475.81 8.038 9q 9747.78 4.719
OT81 9480.69 7.420 -2T52
_- 9745.00 f 10.0 9747.83 5.661 34
2T50 9475.00 f 10.0 9483.40 5.536 34 ,4$8 9725.00 z!z10.0 9748.85 2.707 34
27Sl 9484.00 f 0.50 9485.84 1.35 zt .24 1.542 34 25s4 9749.46 3.347
3T43 9472.ob* 7.00 9487.38 4.706 34 6T31 9750.03 4.287
OS92 949 1.43 8.418 lT66 9766.83 7.187
12S20 9486.00 f 9.00 9493.18 3.724 34 22S8 9766.99 4.488
2l Ss 9489.93 f 1.20 9496.96 1SO f .09 1.497 34 6s3S 9768.94 4.004
d&n
I - 1
9502.00 31 8.00 9505.55 4.063 34 OS95 9772.85 8.447
4% 9517.68 2.344 M lOS25 9777.27 11.271 I
2S52 9538.00 f 8.00 9519.52 6.304 34 5135 9785.86 4.443
8T19 9520.30 4.749 16s15 9786.62 11.714 I
5S41 9512.50 zt 4.50 9524.84 4.249 34 8532 9788.23 4.023
I4‘%7 9526.65 3.162 2Os9 9810.00 zt 10.0 9790.64 3.485 34
7T26 9533.08 4.519 3% 9782.00 f 9.00 9791.08 4.741 34
4Ga 9539.49 4.509 9T9 979 1.40 4.700
1T64 9539.00 f 8.00 9541.38 7.174 34 7- S4A_. 9820.00 xt 10.0 9798.87 6.348 34
6T30 9565.17 4.279 12522 9799.02 3.939
9T 9577.68 4.792 OT84 9809.85 7.387
11S24 9576.50 f 4.50 9578.38 2.757 34 IS66 9812.22 8.148
28% 9579.07 4.744 llS25 9811.00*5.00 9814.25 2.769 34
OS93 9585.19 8.429 9S2R 9816.78 4.100
26s2 9586.48 4.754 7S35 9827.00 f 9.00 9824.99 3.908 34
ST2 9587.42 4.788 2ls9 9828.72 4.309
I‘%4 9588.23 8.077 R% 9838.26 4.626
oTs2 9590.42 7.409 9Tlo 9839.82 4.680
3&j 9575.50 f 4.50 9594.48 4.672 34 5S43 9826.00 It 7.00 9844.43 4.227 34
15S15 9599.00 z!z7.00 9597.78 2.004 34 7T28 9846.40 4.402
~jSj7 9597.50 f 6.50 9601.27 4.005 34 4T40 9859.20 4.550
9T3 9602.02 4.781 27S2 9869.31 zk 1.00 9865.33 1.32 zk .lO 1.266 34
22s6 9603.76 6.315 OS96 9866.75 8.455
26s3 9604.98 4.727 22s9 9871.01 9.425 I
gS31 9596.00 + 8.00 9608.74 4.052 34 -7T51
-. 9878.43 5.725
2454 9615.50 4.537 lT67 9879.42 7.192
2T51 9615.00 f 10.0 9616.16 5.598 34 IlSO 9887.92 1.202
5T34 9618.51 4.426 9T11 9893.01 4.658
~7’20 962 I .27 4.712 18&2 9894.79 2.975
MASTERS AND WIDMER 117
TABLE 1. continued
Mode .fOb,S G,s PPREM ref.” Mode hbn .fPREM %l,,,bs qPREAf ref.
PHZ PHZ PHZ
2OSlO 9900.15 4.259 4s46 9949.7 1 2.343 M
3S48 9877.00 + 6.00 9900.17 4.775 34 12s23 9950.43 3.965
26s4 9910.84 9.693 I 9q2 9950.95 4.634
OT@ 9930.00 i 10.0 9919.55 7.376 d 5736 9952.11 4.453
Is67 9923.84 8.182 8T23 9954.41 4.579
IS'%6 9926.89 1.857 oSg7 9998.00 I'C 10.0 9960.70 8.461 d
6?i2 9933.27 4.293 13s20 9961.02 2.114
6s39 9936.22 4.004 8s33 9969.78 3.997
2% 9937.26 6.372 9s29 9975.13 4.106
17Sl5 9938.07 2.835 23s7 9983.94 1.497
X7-46 9926.00 i 7.00 9941.90 4.758 34 IT68 999 I .93 7.197
l9sl2 9945.85 11.627 I l4Sl9 9994.6 1 2.461
a) q F 1000/Q; b) Reference number or mode type; c) Coriolis or second order rotation correction applied.
d) Preliminary estimates from surface-wave dispersion (see text)
I denotes a mode a mode whose energy is trapped within the inner core or on the inner-core boundary (unlikely to be observed).
M denotes a Stoneley mode trapped on the core-mantle boundary (unlikely to be observed).
0 4
2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
Frequency [mHz]
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
, I 1 ,
1 t
0.4 0.6
Normalized Radius
where akj is a complex number with Solving this system at a number of frequencies in a narrow
frequency band encompassing several modes allows the
resonance function of those modes to be estimated (Figure
Al, = jakjj and $k = tan-’
[ 1
Im(akj)
~
Re(ak, >
10). The properties of those modes (e.g. center frequency
and decay rate) can then be determined from the recovered
resonance functions. This technique, called “stripping”
and Ck(w> is the spectrum of a decaying cosinusoid. We by Gilbert and Dziewonski [ 161, can be applied to isolate
have used the j index to indicate that this recording is singlets within multiplets as well as to isolate multiplets
for the j’th source-receiver pair. Suppose we have many from other multiplets. Most of the multiplet frequencies
recordings of a multiplet at a particular frequency w and given in Table 1 were measured from strips of several
suppose we can estimate the initial amplitude and phase thousands of recordings.
120 FREE OSCILLATIONS
A theoretical treatment of mode splitting and coupling and m is the spherically averaged model then the structure
is beyond the scope of this paper but this section tries to coefficients are related to the model expansion coefficients
give a flavor of the effects upon the observations and, in by an equation of the form:
particular, how they can bias degenerate frequency esti-
a
JM,(?-)sm~(r)r2d
mates.
For many purposes, coupling between multiplets is suf- Ct =
3 (7)
ficiently weak to be neglected and we can consider the
0
mode to be “isolated”. We divide the splitting of isolated
multiplets up into two categories: 1) resolvably split mul- (See Woodhouse and Dahlen [39] for the form of the inte-
tiplets where we can attempt to isolate individual singlets gral kernels Ms.) Clearly, observations of peak shifts can
of a multiplet and 2) unresolvably split multiplets where it be used to determine structure coefficients which in turn
is not possible to analyze individual singlets but the spec- can be inverted for the 3-dimensional structure expansion
trum of a multiplet varies in a systematic way depending coefficients [e.g., 331. Unfortunately, multiplet peak shift
upon source/receiver orientation. All fundamental modes data can constrain only the even degree (s = 2,4,6...)
above about e = 10 fall in the latter category since there arc part of the structure. This is because the mode spectrum
so many broad singlets in the multiplet which completely includes many orbits of surface waves and such data effec-
overlap in the frequency domain. Inspection of several tively average out the odd-degree part of the 3-dimensional
recordings of an unresolvably split multiplet reveals that structure. Using equation (5) to find structure coefficients
the multiplet looks like a single resonance function but which lit the observed peak shifts also results in refined
the peak appears to move around. Theoretical work in estimates of the degenerate frequency and it is these fre-
the late 70’s showed that the phenomenon is a result of quencies which are given in Table 1 when available.
interference between the singlets within the multiplet and One final comment about Table 1 is necessary. Explicit
that the apparent peak frequency is dominantly a function accounting for the effects of 3-dimensional structure as in
of the structure underlying the great circle joining source the studies described above can lead to extremely precise
MASTERS AND WIDMER 121
~oo”~++++
-10 -5 0 5 10
Fig. I I. Fundamental mode peak shifts for the mode oS23 from Smith and Masters [33]. The symbols
are plotted at the pole of the great circle joining the source and the receiver locations. Plus symbols (+)
indicate an anomalously high frequency corresponding to a fast great-circle path on average. Converseley
diamonds (0) plot at the poles of slow great-circle paths. The size of the symbols reflects the magnitude
of the frequency shift which varies by flObHz. Note the coherent degree 2 pattern which is caused by
3D-structure in the upper mantle and transition zone.
mean frequency estimates for a multiplet but it is not al- from single recordings. The measurements must be
ways true that this is a reliable estimate of the degenerate corrected for the signal from 3-dimensional structure
frequency of the multiplet. The reason is that coupling [31, 21, 29,28, 8,33, 32, 301.
of one mode to another through rotation or 3-dimensional 2) Multiple-record analysis to isolate the individual sin-
structure can lead to an effective shifting of the mean fre- glets of a multiplet so that a reliable mean can be esti-
quency. A clear example of mode-coupling is the coupling mated [4, 26, 36, 391.
of toroidal fundamental modes to spheroidal fundamental 3) Fitting of the spectra of split multiplets including the
modes in the frequency band 1.8 - 3.3 mHz by the Corio- effects of aspherical structure as well as a perturbation
lis force [23]. In this case, the shift of the apparent mode to the degenerate frequency [ 14,15,26, 27, 20, 36, 391.
frequency can be computed and the data in Table 1 have 4) Multiple-record analysis ignoring 3-dimensiona! struc-
been corrected for this effect. ture [ 16, 341.
Many of our measurements have been determined using
4. SUMMARY more than one of these techniques allowing some sources
of bias to be estimated. Slightly over 600 mode frequen-
Table 1 represents our latest compilation of reliable de- cies are listed which is significantly less than the 1064 fre-
generate frequency estimates. One single method cannot quencies reported by Gilbert and Dziewonski [ 161. Some
give accurate degenerate frequencies for all modes and, in of the high-frequency fundamental toroidal and spheroidal
fact, we have used four methods of degenerate frequency measurements are absent from the current list since pre-
estimation: cise mean values from a global study are not yet avail-
1) Histogram analysis of peak-frequency measurements able. Several research groups are actively studying global
122 FREE OSCILLATIONS
surface-wave dispersion and we give some preliminary to the change in gravitational potential, and 4) forces due
values based on the results of Wong [38] and unpublished to motion within the initial gravitational field.
results of Dr J-P. Montagner and of Dr. G. Laske. Also We seek solutions to equation 8 and 9 which satisfy cer-
missing are degenerate frequency estimates for some high tain boundary conditions on the displacement field and the
Q, low-! modes which were originally identified using a tractions acting on interfaces (the traction acting on a sur-
simple histogram analysis [ 12, 131. Strong splitting of face with normal fi is T.ii). In particular, the displacement
such modes is very common and great care must be taken field must be continuous everywhere except at a fluid-solid
to get unbiased degenerate frequency estimates. It will boundary where slip is allowed. The tractions on horizon-
probably take another earthquake like the 1970 Columbian tal surfaces must be continuous at all interfaces and must
event before we have the recordings to significantly expand vanish at the free surface. The usual way to proceed is to
the dataset. use separation of variables and expand the displacement
field in vector spherical harmonics. We recognize that
5. APPENDIX there may be more than one solution to equation 8 and 9
and designate the k’th solution by sk where:
This appendix describes some basic theoretical results
- a more complete treatment can be found in Lapwood Sk=PkU+V,kv-?x(v,kW) (10)
and Usami [ 191.
Since departures from spherical symmetry are small VI = && + 3 cosec 084 is the horizontal gradient operator
(particularly in the deep Earth), it is useful to consider an and klJ, kV and kW are scalar functions of position. We
approximate Earth model which is spherically symmetric, now expand kU, kV and kW in ordinary spherical har-
non-rotating, and elastically isotropic. Departures from monics as well as &k. Each of these functions have an
this state (i.e. anelasticity, anisotropy, rotation and three- expansion of the form
dimensional structure) are supposed sufficiently small that
they can be treated by perturbation theory. The model is
assumed to be initially quiescent and in a state of hy-
drostatic equilibrium. The equations governing the small
oscillations of such a body are given by:
most general elastic Earth exhibiting spherical symmetry pendent of azimuthal order number m. Consider equation
is “transversely isotropic” (i.e. seismic velocities in the 14. For a chosen harmonic degree and frequency, the so-
radial direction are different from velocities in the tan- lution to these equations will not necessarily match the
gent plane) and is describedby five elastic moduli which, boundary conditions (notably vanishing of traction at the
in Love notation, are: A, C, L, N, and F. An elastically free surface). There are however, discrete frequencies for
isotropic body is described by two elastic moduli: X and each f?when solutions W(r) can be found which match
p where p is known as the shearmodulus or rigidity. The all boundary conditions. Such frequencies are the fre-
results for an isotropic body can be recovered from those quencies of free toroidal oscillation of the Earth. For a
for a transversely isotropic body using the substitutions: particular e, the mode with the lowest frequency of free
A=C=X+2p,F=X,andL=N=p. oscillation is labelled &“e, the next highest is tTe and so
Substitution of theseforms into equation 8 and 9 results on. The displacement field of the n’th mode JP which
in four coupled second-order ordinary differential equa- has frequency ,WCsay is proportional to
tions governing the radial dependenceof the scalars in
equation 11. (For clarity, we drop the subscriptson U, V,
W, and Qiso, in the next equation U = kUlm etc.)
\
f ($ 2%) -Z(l+l$=
for -1 5 m 5 1. This kind of motion is called toroidal be-
- 47~
i
$(,W
1
+ POJ’ causeit consists of twisting on concentric shells. Toroidal
motion can be sustainedonly in a solid so toroidal modes
are confined to the mantle (another classis confined to the
-pow;U = f (CU’ + FF)
inner core but cannot be observedat the surface). Note that
-; [2(F - C)U’ +2(A - N - F)F + Z(1+ I)LX] there is no radial component of motion and no compres-
> sion or dilation so there is no perturbation to the gravita-
-PO@: + go ((POW + poq - (Pogou)’ tional field. This is not true for solutions to the other three
coupled ODES (equation 13). Again there are discrete
-pow;v = -&LX) frequencies for a fixed harmonic degree where solutions
can be found which match all boundary conditions. These
+; [(A - N)F +FU’ + 3LX - y(l+
---__
PO% POSOU
1
2)(Z - 1) are the frequencies of free spheroidal motion (sometimes
called poloidal motion). For a particular e, the mode with
the lowest frequency of free oscillation is labelledOS’!,the
r r , next highest is 1st and so on. The displacement field of
(13) the n’th mode ,Se which has frequency ,we say is propor-
tional to
-pow$v = &LZ)
(14)
where
+’
r 1
3LZ- Y(Z + 2)(1 - 1)
1
Note that in both equations 15 and 16, for each n and .C
there are 2[+ 1 modes of oscillation with exactly the same
frequency (since the governing equations don’t depend
F = 32U - Z(Z+ 1)V)
upon m). This is the phenomenon of degeneracywhich
is a consequenceof the assumedsymmetry of the Earth
model. This group of 2e + 1 modes is called a “multiplet”
and a prime denotesradial derivative. Note that the equa- while the individual members of the multiplet are called
tions are dependentupon harmonic degree(e) but are indc- “singlets”. Denartures of the Earth from SDherica]svm-
124 FREE OSCILLATIONS
metry remove the degeneracy and, in general, each singlet pressional components by substituting the bulk modulus
within a multiplet will have a slightly different frequency. EC, for X using the relationship KS = J + 2/3~ yielding
We can also use the results given above to compute the
elastic energy density of a mode. The total elastic energy
of a mode is:
E= J [$(I+ I)(l- 1)(L+2)w2 + pz(z + I )z2] r2 dr
E = c* .C : cdl/ (17) (20)
J
V
where the double dots indicate tensor contraction. This for toroidal modes, and
can be written in terms of the mode scalars as:
E=
I[
Z(Z+ 1)(1- 1)(1+2$wz+I(Z+ 1)LP
1(18)
r2dr
E=
I[ $Z(Z + I)(1 - I)(1 + 2)V2 + p&Z + 1)X2
(21)
+$(2U’ - F)2 + K,(U’ + F)‘] r2 dr
for toroidal modes, and
E=
s[
+2FU’F
Z(Z+ l)(Z - l)(Z + 2$v2
+ (A - N)F2 + CL@] r2 dr
+ 1(1+ l)LX2
(19)
for spheroidal modes. The integrands are plotted in Fig-
ures 5 and 6 for some representative modes of oscillation.
REFERENCES
1. Z. Alterman, H. Jarosch, and C.L. 7. EA. Dahlen, Thefreeoscillationsofan Observations of normal modes from
Pekeris, Oscillations of the Earth. anelastic aspherical earth. Geophys. J. 84 recordings of the Alaskan earth-
Proc. Roy. Sot., A252, 80-95, 1959. R. Astron. Sot., 66, l-22, 1981. quake of 28 March 1964 II. Geophys.
2. G.E. Backus, and J.F. Gilbert, The ro- 8. J.P. Davis, Local eigenfrequency and J. R. Astron. Sot., 35,401-437, 1973.
tational splitting of the free oscillations its uncertainty inferred from funda- 14. D. Giardini, X.-D. Li, and J.H. Wood-
of the earth. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., mental spheroidal mode frequency house, Three-dimensional structure of
47,362-371, 1961. shifts. Geophys. J. R. Astron. Sot., the earth from splitting in free oscil-
3. H. Benioff, Long waves observed in 88,693-722, 1987. lation spectra. Nature, 325, 405-4 11,
the Kamchatka earthquake of Novem- 9. J.S. Derr, Free oscillation observations 1987.
ber 4, 1952. J. Geophys. Res., 63, through 1968. Bull. Seismol. Sot. 15. D. Giardini, X.-D. Li, and J.H. Wood-
589-593, 1958. Am., 59,2079-2099, 1969. house, Splitting functions of long pe-
4. R. Buland, J. Berger, and F. Gilbert, 10. J.J. Durek, and G. Ekstrom, Differ- riod normal modes of the earth. J.
Observations from the IDA network of ences between observations of funda- Geophys. Res., 93, 13,716-13,742,
attenuation and splitting during a re- mental mode attenuation. EOS Trans. 1988.
cent earthquake. Nature, 277, 358- AGU, 73,402, 1992. 16. F. Gilbert, and A.M. Dziewonski, An
362, 1979. 11. A.M. Dziewonski, and D.L. Anderson, application of normal mode theory to
5. B.F. Chao, and F. Gilbert, Autore- Preliminary reference Earth model. the retrieval of structural parameters
gressive estimation of complex eigen- Phys. Earth Planet. Inter:, 25, 297- and source mechanisms from seismic
frequencies in low frequency seismic 356, 1981. spectra. Phil. Trans. R. Sot. Lond.,
spectra. Geophys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 12. A.M. Dziewonski, and J.F. Gilbert, A278, 187-269,1975.
63,64 l-657, 1980. Observations of normal modes from 17. S. Hot-i, Y. Fukao, M. Kumazawa, M.
6. EA. Dahlen, Thespectraof unresolved 84 recordings of the Alaskan earth- Furumoto, and A. Yamamoto, A new
split normal mode multiplets. Geo- quake of 28 March 1964. Geophys. method of spectral analysis and its ap-
phys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 58, l-33, J. R. Astron. Sot., 27, 393446, 1972. plication to the Earth’s free oscilla-
1979. 13. A.M. Dziewonski, and J.E Gilbert, tions: The “Sompi” method. J. Geo-
MASTERS AND WIDMER 125
phys. Res., 94,7537-7553, 1989. 26. M. Ritzwoller, G. Masters, and F. frequency and attenuation measure-
18. T.H. Jordan, A procedure for esti- Gilbert, Observations of anomalous ments. Ph.D Thesis, Univ. Cal. San
mating lateral variations from low- splitting and their interpretation in Diego, La Jolla, CA, 1989.
frequency eigenspectra data. Geo- terms of aspherical structure. J. Geo- 33. M.F. Smith, and G. Masters, Aspher-
phys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 52,441-455, phys. Res., 91, 10,203-10,228, 1986. ical structure constraints from free
1978. 27. M. Ritzwoller, G. Masters, and F. oscillation frequency and attenuation
19. E.R. Lapwood, and T. Usami, Free Gilbert, Constraining aspherical struc- measurements. J. Geophys. Res., 94,
Oscillations of the Earth. Cambridge ture with low frequency interaction co- 1953-I 976, 1989.
University Press, New York, 1981. efficients: Application to uncoupled 34. R. Widmer, The large-scale structure
20. X.-D. Li, D. Giardini, and J.H. Wood- multiplets. J. Geophys. Res., 93, of the deep Earth as constrained by
house, Large-scale, three- 6369-6396, 1988. free oscillation observations. Ph.D.
dimensional, even degree structure of 28. B. Romanowicz, G. Roult, and T. Thesis Univ. Cal. San Diego., 1991.
the Earth from splitting of long-period Kohl, The upper mantle degree two 35. R. Widmer, G. Masters, and F.
normal modes. J. Geophys. Res., 96, pattern: constraints from GEOSCOPE Gilbert, Spherically symmetric atten-
551-577,1991. fundamental spheroidal mode eigen- uation within the Earth from normal
21. G. Masters, and F. Gilbert, Attenuation frequency and attenuation measure- mode data. Geophys. J. Int., 104,
in the earth at low frequencies. Phil. ments. Geophys. Res. Lett., 14, 541-553,199l.
Trans. R. Sot. Lond., A308,479-522, 1219-1222, 1987. 36. R. Widmer, G. Masters, and F. Gilbert,
1983. 29. G. Roult, and B. Romanowicz, Very Observably split multiplets - data
22. G. Masters, T.H. Jordan, P.G. Silver, long-period data from the geoscope analysis and interpretation in terms of
and F. Gilbert, Aspherical earth struc- network: Preliminary results on great large-scale aspherical structure. Geo-
ture from fundamental spheroidal- circle averages of fundamental and phys. J. Znt., 111, 559-576, 1992.
mode data. Nature, 298, 609-613, higher Rayleigh and Love modes. 37. Widmer, R. W. Ziirn, and G. Masters,
1982. Bull. Seismol. Sot. Am., 74, 2221- Observations of low order toroidal
23. G. Masters, J. Park, and F. Gilbert, Ob- 2243, 1984. modes from the 1989 Macquarie Rise
servations of coupled spheroidal and 30. G. Roult, B. Romanowicz, and J.P. event. Geophys. J. Int., 111,226-236,
toroidal modes. J. Geophys. Res., 88, Montagner, 3-D upper mantle shear 1992.
IO,285510,298, 1983. velocity and attenuation from fun- 38. Y.K. Wong, Upper mantle heterogene-
24. J. Park, C.R. Lindberg, and D. Thom- damental mode free oscillation data. ity from phase and amplitude data of
son, Multiple-taper spectral analysis Geophys. J. Znt., 101,61-80, 1990. mantle waves. Ph.D Thesis, Harvard
of terrestrial free oscillations: Part I. 31. P.G. Silver, and T.H. Jordan, Funda- University, Cambridge, 1989.
Geophys. J. R. Astron. Sot., 91, 755- mental spheroidal mode observations 39. J.H. Woodhouse, andF.A. Dahlen, The
794, 1987. of aspherical heterogeneity. Geophys. effect of a general aspherical pertur-
25. C.L. Pekeris, Z. Alterman, and H. J. R. Astron. Sot., 64, 605-634, 1981. bation on the free oscillations of the
Jarosch, Rotational multiplets in the 32. M.F. Smith, Imaging the Earth’s as- earth. Geophys. J. R. Astron. Sot.,
spectrum of the earth. Phys. Rev., 122, pherical structure with free oscillation 53,335-354, 1978.
1692-1700, 1961.
Seismic Traveltime Tables
B.L.N. Kennett
TABLE 1: Parameterised form of iasp model. o( is the P wave velocity, p is the shear velocity.
Depth Radius P
z WI r WI [MS1
and on average about 1.8 seconds faster than the 2. CALCULATION SCHEMES FOR GENERATING
Jeffreys & Bullen [4] tables. For S waves the TRAVELTIMES
teleseismic times lie between those of the JB tables and
the results of Randall [7]. Because the times for all 2.1 Interpolation
phases are derived from the same velocity model, there For the attached tables of traveltimes for surface
is complete consistency between the travel times for sources derived from the imp91 model, a convenient
different branches at different hypocentral depths. and accurate interpolation formula exploits the tabulated
The effect of three-dimensional structure within the slownesses. When the epicentral distance A is bracketed
earth is to produce detectable differences in the travel by tabulated values at AI and A*, the travel time can be
times of P and S waves on different paths compared found from
with the tables. The r.m.s. error would be about 1.3 s
T(A) = ‘h[T1 + I’-*] + %[(A-Al)p, + (A-A2)p21
for P and 4 s for S. The differences in travel times for
different source-receiver combinations can be used to + (1/4)[(A-A,)2+(A-A~)21@2-~1)/(A2-A1) (1)
build up three-dimensional models of the velocity
structure within the earth (see e.g. Inoue et al [S]). The subscripts for the times T and slowness p refer to
128 SEISMIC TRAVELTIME TABLES
afxP,Q -0
when 6 = A@&>. (4)
ap Ps- ’
1
the r(p) behaviour of a traveltime branch to take care of
the square root singularity in the derivatives of Q) at
a the highest slowness along the branch. The traveltime
can then be found for distance 6 by solving a quadratic
for the geometric slowness pi and then using the delay
Fig 1. The radial velocity model iasp91, a is the P
time for that slowness:
wave velocity, p is the shear velocity.
T(x) = G~s)+Ps~. (5)
the appropriate epicentral distances. With the relatively This process has the advantage of yielding traveltime as
close 1 degree tabulation in Tables 2, 3 the only an explicit function of range.
significant errors (about 0.04 s) arise for the branches The first stage in the construction of the requisite Q)
associated with the upper mantle transition zone where tables is a discretization of the slowness domain and
the slowness can be discontinuous between successive also the establishment of a set of depths between which
tabulated values. the 2 integrals over the velocity model will be
Traveltimes and slownesses for sources at different calculated. It is convenient to sample the model at the
depths are represented in Figures 3-8. Comprehensive discrete slowness grid used in the representation of the r
tables for the Iasp model, including multiple source branches. The slownesses just above and below each
depths are presented in the “IASPEI 1991 Seismological first order discontinuity, and the slowness at any
Tables” [6]. discontinuity in velocity gradient or local slowness
extrema need to be sampled exactly. The discretisation
2.2 Tau spline calculations between critical points is arranged so that the range for
The calculation scheme adopted to generate the the r branch is sampled at approximately equal
traveltime tables and charts for the imp91 model is that intervals.
proposed by Buland & Chapman [I]. Tables of delay The calculation of the r@) distribution along each
time 7 as a function of slowness are stored and branch is carried out by summing the analytic results for
interpolated using a specially designed tau-spline system segments of the model represented as linear slowness
which takes care of square-root singularities in the gradients. The z values for a surface source are
derivatives of the travel times curves at certain critical calculated for the full range of ray parameters, and also
slownesses. With this representation it is straightforward the T-segments for upgoing waves for a range of source
to find the travel time explicitly for a given epicentral depths down to 760 km. The surface z results are
KENNETT 129
organised into mantle, core and inner core contributions. vertical and a rather complex pattern of travel time
The full range of upgoing, downgoing and surface branches. Individual segments are designated by their
reflected phases can then be assembled by suitable limit points e.g. PKPab. The waves refracted through
addition and subtraction of segments of the ray paths. the inner core (PKIKP) form part of the PKP system and
For an arbitrary source depth, the corrections to the 7 are often indicated by PKPdf. Because the P wave
values for the nearest standard source depths can be velocity in the core is higher than the S wave velocity at
readily found and so a precise tau-spline can be the base of the mantle, the phase SKS overtakes S at
generated for any depth. about 80” epicentral distance. A more detailed
discussion of the behaviour of different phases can be
3. TRAVELTIME TABLES FOR SEISMIC PHASES found in seismological texts such as Bullen and Bolt [9].
TABLE 2. (continued)
TABLE 2. (continued)
TABLE 2. (continued)
TABLE 2. (continued)
TABLE 3. (continued)
TABLE 3. (continued)
40
30
‘d‘
10
Surface source
A MegI
Fig 3. Traveltime curves for the imp91 model for surface source. Dashed lines indicated phases
received as S waves.
140 SEISMIC TRAVELTIME TABLES
‘SKKS 1
300 km source
40
30
600 km source
i
II I I I I I I I I I I II I I II I I I I I I II I I I I Ii I I 11 I
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
A Wgl
Fig 5. Traveltime curves for the imp91 model for 600 km source depth.
Surface Source
- s 300 km source
:/-‘... .. /” ‘.......
; ‘.. ; ‘.... ss
20 F - . ..... .-“....1-- ......_“....
‘,.\-..-+*s.
+.-- ......
s j sst:., Y. ss
‘. \ “...
-L
PKiKP
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
10 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Fig 7. Slowness as a function of epicentral distance for the iasp model for 300 km source depth.
KENNETT 143
600 km Source
Fig 8. Slowness as a function of epicentral distance for the iusp91 model for 600 km source depth.
REFERENCES
1 Buland. R and C.H. Chapman, The Association for the Advancement of 8 Inoue H., Y. Fukao, K. Tanabe and
computation of seismic travel times, Science, London. Y. Ogata., Whole-mantle P-wave
Bull. Seism. Sot. Am, 73, 1271-1302, 5 Kennett B.L.N. and E.R. Engdahl, travel time tomography, Phys. Earth
1983. Traveltimes for global earthquake Planet. Int., 59, 294-328.
2 Herrin E., Introduction to ‘1968 location and phase identification, 9 Bullen K.E. and B.A. Bolt, An
Seismological tables for P-phases’, Geophys. J. Int., 105429-465, 1991. introduction to the theory of
Bull. Seism. Sot. Am, 58, 1193-1195, 6 Kennett B.L.N., IASPEI 1991 Cambridge University
Seismology,
1968. Seismological Tables, Researcfi Press, Cambridge.
3 Jeffreys H., An alternative to the School of Earth Sciences, Canberra, 1OAki K. and P. Richards, Quantitative
rejection of observations, Proc. R. 1991. Seismology, W.H. Freeman, San
SOC. L.ond., A, i37, 78-87, 1932. 7 Randall M.J., A revised travel-time Francisco.
4 Jeffreys H. and K.E. Bullen table for S, Geophys. J. R. astr. Sot.,
Seismological Tables, British 22, 229-234,197l.
Heat Flow of the Earth
Carol A. Stein
recent compilation [87]. Typical values of the surface ling process produces thermal perturbations due to the
temperature gradient, conductivity, radioactive heat gen- exchange of heat between the walls of the hole and the
eration, and heat flow for continents and oceans are drilling fluid in addition to that due to the friction of
listed in Table 1. drilling. With time, the temperatures slowly return to
the undisturbed state. Temperature is determined either
1.2 Measurements and Techniques by waiting sufficient time for the site to return to the
Despite its conceptual simplicity, the process of presumed equilibrium state, or measuring the changein
deducing heat flow from a measured gradient and con- temperature with time and then calculating an assumed
ductivity values has surprising complexity. Aspects of equilibrium temperature [ 111.
the problem, including the historical development, are In some cases the thermal conductivity is measured
reviewed by various authors: see Louden and Wright either in situ or on a sample of the rock recovered and
[73] for marine studies, Beck [9] and Clauser and measuredin a laboratory. In others, it is estimatedbased
Huenges [30] for thermal conductivity, Beck and Bal- on either the known Ethology or values measuredfrom
ling [ll] for temperatures,and Jessop[50] for both tem- nearby sites. Initially measurements were made on
peratures and thermal conductivity. recovered samples with corrections made for the
The vertical temperature gradient is computed from differences in pressures and temperatures between the
temperaturesmeasured at known depths below the sur- laboratory aud the depth from which the sample was
face. However, the processof penetratingthe surfaceto recovered [e.g. 911. For marine studies the in situ aud
measure the temperatures disturbs the thermal structure. corrected shipboard thermal conductivity measurements
For marine measurements, thrusting a probe into the agree within about 5% [49]. In situ determinationsare
sediments to depths of about 5 m results in frictional preferred becausethe sedimentshave not been disturbed
heating, which takes from 5 to 30 minutes to dissipate (especially due to water loss) by the coring and tran-
dependingmostly on the probe diameter. Prior to 1975 sportation. Generally, no attempt is made to measureor
most heat flow values were based on single measure- correct for the possibility of anisotropic values of con-
ments, which were typically spacedabout 200 km apart. ductivity, resulting mainly from the anisotropic structure
Subsequently, digital instrumentation has resulted in of minerals and rocks. The anisotropy of near-surface
both better temperature determinations and the capabil- marine sedimentsis negligibly small.
ity to make closely-spaced seafloor (“pogo”) penetra- Typically the heat flow is calculated from the product
tions more rapidly than before. Hence, local variations of the averagethermal conductivity and the thermal gra-
in the heat flux can be better identified and their cause dient. If there are significant variations of the conduc-
determined. For measurements on land, temperatures tivity and thermal gradient with depth (typicalIy due to
are measured in drill holes using down-hole instruments variations in Ethology) the heat flow is estimated. The
lowered on a cable. For either measurementson land, or two most commonly used techniques are the interval
in marine boreholes (such as for the DeepSea Drilling method and the Bullard method [90]. The interval
Project or the Ocean Drilling Program), calculating the method can be used if there is a sufficient density of
undisturbed temperaturesis more complicated. The dril- measurementswith depth to assign intervals over which
the values of the thermal gradient and conductivity are
relatively constant. For each interval, a heat flow is cal-
Table 1. Important Parametersfor Heat Flow culated from the product of the average temperature
Property, Symbol Approximate Range gradient and an averageconductivity. Then the overall
mean heat flow is determined from these interval
Heat flow, q 0 - 125 mW m-* values. Alternatively, the Bullard method relies on the
Vertical temperature assumption that in the absence of significant heat
gradient, dT/dz 10 to 80 ‘=C/km sources or sinks and with one-dimensional,steady-state,
Thermal conductivity, k conductive heat flow, the subsurface temperature T(z)
marine sediments 0.6 - 1.2 W m-l K-’ is:
continental sediments 1 - 5 W m-’ K-’
heat generation, A O-8 lOA W me3 T(Z) = TO + Clo&WW~ (3)
i=l
Specific heat, C, 0.85-1.25 kJ kg-“C’
Density of crustal rocks where To is the surface temperature, qo is the constant
and lithosphere, p 2200 to 3400 kg m-* heat flow, and k is the conductivity over the ith depth
146 HEAT FLOW OF THE EARTH
interval Azi. For each temperature measurementpoint, ple, geothenns from the Alaskan permafrost indicate
the ther~~~aldepth, ~(Azt/‘kJ~ GUI be calculated. Then, a warming trends in this century [57]. Studies for North
least-squaresfit is made to the data of T(z) with the America indicate a warming trend this century and a
thermal depth and the slope of the line is equal to the cooler period corresponding to the Little Ice Age that
constant heat flow. began in the 1400s and lasted into the 1800s [ 12, 28,
101, 1151. Given the thick water column, the bottom of
1.3 Corrections and Climatic Effects the ocean is, in general, thermally stable, so variations
The goal of measuring heat flow is to determine the of sea surface temperatures even as long as climatic
steady-statetransfer of heat flow from below. However, time periods do not affect the sub-seafloortemperatures.
the simpliest assumptionsthat the only uncertaintiesare Most of the deep ocean has sufficiently stable tempera-
from measurementerror, the site has uniform horizontal tures at the seafloor for accurate heat flow measure-
properties and is in a thermal steady state with only ments without corrections [46]. However, changes in
conductive heat transfer, are often not the case. Local bottom water temperatures in some regions can affect
factors such as topography, sedimentationrates, and sur- the temperatures in the uppermost few meters of the
face temperature changes, may disturb the heat flux. sediment [e.g. 561.
Given sufficient information, corrections can be made
for these factors. Horizontal variations in topography 2. MARINE HEAT FLOW
and lithology cause lateral variations in the temperature
and, hence surface heat flow. For the oceans,variable 2.1 Background
sediment thickness and the rough basaltic surface near SeaIloor heat flow (Figure 1) is highest at midocean
the measurement site may result in a horizontal com- ridges, and decreaseswith the age of the lithosphere
ponent of heat flow, largely due to the contrast between [62, 97, 1121. This variation is one of the key features
the lower conductivity of the sedimentsand the higher in the models of plate tectonics, where the oceanic
values for the basalt [e.g. 14, 54, 1121. For the marine lithosphere cools as it spreads away from midocean
setting the seafloor temperature usually may be assumed ridges and reheats upon returning to the mantle at sub
to be constant, but for continents the variation of the duction zones. This cycle is a surface manifestation of
air-temperature with elevation is frequently included in terrestrial convection [e.g. 48, 831 and the primary
modeling the steady-state vertical heat fIow [e.g. 17, mode of heat transfer from the earth’s interior [27, 34,
441. Another causeof non-steady state behavior is sedi- 991.
mentation or erosion. Rapid sedimentationconductively Average heat flow (Figure 1) is greater than about
blankets the surface leading to lower measured heat 100 mW me2 for the youngest (~10 Ma) lithosphere.
flow [45, 63, 1121. Conversely, erosion leads to higher The mean values rapidly decreasefrom about 0 to 30
measuredheat flow. million years. The standard deviations are large for
The magnitude and duration of surface temperature young lithosphere, but decreasewith increasing lithos-
fluctuations control the magnitude and depth of the per- pheric age. Although heat flow data is “noisy” and
turbation of the geotherm. Daily, annual, or climatic scattered, it is required to develop average thermal
(-ld years) time periods affect the temperaturesbelow models of oceanic lithosphere. The magnitudesof depth
the land surface to order one meter, ten meters, and and heat flow anomalies (the difference between
several hundred meters respectively. Hence, for con- observed and predicted) implicitly depend on how well
tinental regions, the depth of measurementsshould be the reference model reflects the average thermal state,
greater than about 300 meters to obtain temperatures but this is often not explicitly stated. This is especially
unaffected by climatic changes. The effects of surface important for models based on observed anomalies for
temperature variations over time will be superimposed hotspots and hydrothetmal circulation.
on the near-surface geotherm. However, higher fre-
quency variations are suppressed relative to longer 2.2 Thermal Models
period changes. A number of techniques have been The primary wnstraints on models of thermal evolu-
used to either correct the geotherm for a known tem- tion are ocean depth and heat flow versus age data. The
perature variation or to invert for long-term temperature two sets of data jointly reflect the evolution with age of
variations [e.g. 10, 261. For regions where historical the geotherm in the lithosphere, becausethe bathymetry
temperature information is not available inverting for depends on the temperature integrated over depth and
the surface temperature variations is useful. For exam- the heat flow dependson the temperature gradient at the
STEIN 147
sea floor. The key features of the data, the decreasein 751, where the lithosphere behaves as a cooling
heat flow and increase in seatloor depth with age, boundary layer until it reachesages at which the effects
prompted two classesof models. One is the half-space of the lower boundary cause the depth and heat flow
model [37], where depth and heat flow vary as the curves to flatten and vary more slowly with age. The
square root of age and the reciprocal of the squareroot asymptotic plate thickness to which the lithosphere
of age, respectively. The secondis the plate model [62, evolves correspondsto the depth at which the additional
heat is supplied from below to prevent the continuation
of half-space cooling for older ages, and above which
temperature changescausebathymetric variations.
Becauseof the observedflattening of depths and heat
flow for older lithospheric ages,the plate model appears
to be a better overall model to describe the data. Two
different sets of parameters for the plate model (Table
2) have been usedby Parsonsand Sclater [84] (hereafter
termed PSM) and Stein and Stein [105] (hereafter
termed GDHl). GDHl provides a somewhat better fit
to the average depth-ageand heat flow-age data using a
hotter, thinner lithosphere compared to PSM (Figure 1).
The heat flow predictions for GDHl are conveniently
and accurately approximated using a half-space model
with the same parameters for young lithosphere, and
with the first term of the series solution for older litho-
sphere [84]. The heat flow q (mW me2 ) is related to
the age t (Ma) by q(t) = 510 teu2 for ages less than or
equal to 55 Ma and 48 + 96 exp(-O.0278 t) for ages
0 50 100 150 greater than 55 Ma. Table 3 lists the averageobserved
heat flow for the major oceanic basins and predicted
heat flow from the GDHl model with lithospheric age.
ment distribution, topographic basementrelief, and local lation to cease are sufficient overlying sediment to seal
hydrological effects [ 1, 35, 41, 601. Perhapsthe most off the crustal convective system (and hence which no
spectacular evidence for hydrothermal circulation is exchange of water between the crust and ocean due to
found in the “black smoker” vents of superheatedwater the integrated permeability of the sedimentcolumn) and
(at -350°C) at the ridge crest with the associatedbio- age-dependentproperties resulting in decreasingporos-
logical communities [e.g. 311. The circulation is ity and hence permeability of the crust due to hydroth-
thought to be divided into two primary stages[39, 691. ermal deposition of minerals, which also is assumedto
Near the ridge axis, “active” circulation occurs, during change seismic velocity in the uppermost layer of the
which water cools and cracks the rock, and heat is crust [5, 471. It was proposed that to reach the sealing
extracted rapidly by high temperature water flow [40, age for a given heat flow site either about 150-200m of
851. Once cracking ceases, “passive” circulation tran-
sports lower temperature water.
The amount of convective heat transport can be Table 3. Oceanic Heat Flow Predictedfrom a
estimated from the difference between the observedand Plate Model and Observed with Given Uncertainties
predicted heat flow [119]. Of the predicted global oce-
due only to Data Scatter
anic heat flux of 32 x lo’* W, 11 f 4 x lo’* W or 34 z!-
12% occurs by hydrothermal flow [107]. On a global Average Heat Flow (mW m-*)
basis -26% of the hydrothermal heat flux occurs for Age (Ma) Predicted Observed No. Data
ages less than 1 Ma and -33% occurs for ages greater (GDHl Model)
than 9 Ma (Table 4).
o-1 1020 131 f 93 79
The hydrothermal water flux decreaseswith age and
o-2 721 136 f 99 195
then is assumedto stop at the sealingage, defined when 128 f 98 338
O-4 510
the observed and predicted heat flow are approximately 4-9 204 103 f 80 382
equal. The fraction of mean observed heat flow to that 9-20 136 82 f 52 658
expected for cooling plate models gradually rises from 535
20-35 98 64 f 40
about .4 for the youngest lithosphere to about 1 in an
35-52 77 60 T!C34 277
approximately linear fashion until the sealing age at
52-65 66 62 3~26 247
which it remains 1 thereafter. For the global heat flow
65-80 60 61 f 27 398
data the sealing age is estimated at 65 f 10 Ma (Figure
80-95 56 59 It 43 443
2) [1071. Because the sealing age is an average value, 230
some water circulation may persist beyond it [e.g. 73, 95-l 10 53 57 f 20
110-125 51 53 f 13 417
although the heat transfer is assumed to be primarily 224
125-140 50 52 f 20
conductive. Within the uncertainties there are no
140-160 49 51 Ik 14 242
differences for the sealing age between the major ocean
160-180 48 52 rt 10 67
basins [107].
Two mechanisms that may causehydrothermal circu- from Stein and Stein [107]
STEIN 149
sediment covering the basement rock is required [4] or The hydrothermal circulation has profound implica-
the region about the site should be well sedimented(as tions for the chemistry of the oceans,becausesea water
characterized by the sedimentary environment reacts with the crust, giving rise to hydrothermal fluid
classification of Sclater et al. [98]). The heat flow frac- of significantly different composition [119, 1201. The
tion for the global data set for either sites with less than primary geochemical effects are thought to result from
200 m of sediment or more, or for those within the 4 the high temperature water flow observedat ridge axes
categories of sedimentary environments (from poorly to [e.g. 311. Nonetheless, the persistenceof the heat flow
well-sedimented sites) show the same linear trend of discrepancy to ages of 50-70 Ma indicates that much of
increasing heat flow fraction with age, and within the the hydrothermal heat flux occurs away from the ridge
uncertainties the same sealing age [107]. Hence, prob- axis. This lower temperature off-axial flow is thought
ably neither -200 m of sediment nor well sedimented to have a much smaller geochemical effect than the
sites are necessary or sufficient for crustal sealing: the near-axis flow, based on the major element chemistry of
effect of overlying sediment appears instead to be the fluid [8].
secondary, and is probably most important for the
young lithosphere. 2.4 Back-Arc Spreading, Subduction Zones and
Accretionary Prisms
Heat flow measurementsacross western Pacific sub-
duction zones show patterns of low values from the
GLOBAL HEAT FLOW DATA trench axis to the volcanic arc, high and variable values
over the volcanic zone and values in the back arc region
similar to those for the major ocean basins of the same
lithospheric age C3, 1161. However, the depths of mar-
ginal basins range from that expected to -1 km deeper
than predicted for their lithospheric ages [71, 82, 1161.
Some of these depth anomalies may be due to lateral
transport of heat for very small ocean basins or those
formed with a short axis of spreading(~200 km) [18].
Alternatively, secondary convection associated with
back-arc spreadingmay causegreater seafloordepths.
Accretionary prisms contain accumulationsof water-
saturated sediment. Initial studies with sparsely spaced
measurementssuggestedthat heat flow was lower than
OBSERVED/GDH 1: GLOBAL DATA average 161, 1161. More recent surveys [e.g. 36, 42, 64,
g 1.5 1221 with densely-spacedmeasurements indicate that
heat flow is highly variable, both within a given prism
5 1 and for different prisms. Many regions of high heat
2 0.5 flow are associated with upward advection of pore
IA 0 fluids, typically found along faults and the bottom
0 50 100 150 decollement. This process is probably a factor control-
AGE (Ma) ling the prism’s mechanical deformation.
Fig. 2. Observed heat flow versus age for the global 2.5 Hot Spots
data set from the major ocean basins and predictions of Hawaii is the type example for hotspot studies,
the GDHl model, shown in raw form (top) and fraction because of its size and isolation from other perturbing
(bonom). Data are averaged in 2-m.y. bins. The processes (including ridges and other hotspots). The
discrepancy for ages < 50-70 Ma presumably indicates observation that heat flow on the Hawaiian swell was
the fraction of the heat transported by hydrothermal higher than that predicted for the Parsonsand Sclater
flow. The fractions for ages < 50 Ma (closed circles), [841 model was initially treated as consistent with the
which were not used in deriving GDHl, are fit by a elevated heat flow expected for a reheating model [ 113]
least squares line. The sealing age, where the line but subsequentmeasurementsshowed that its heat flow
reachesone, is 65 -+ 10 Ma [107]. hardly differs from that for lithosphere of comparable
150 HEAT FLOW OF THE EARTH
120 ages [114] and is only slightly above that expected for
GDHl [106]. A similar situation for the heat llow
anomalies applies for the Bermuda [38], Cape Verde
[33] and, Crozet [32] hotspots. Using the GDHl refer-
ence model, the small heat flow anomaly thus favors a
primarily dynamic origin [e.g. 701 for these swells
rather than a largely thermal origin [e.g. 1131. The
interpretation favoring a dynamic model is consistent
with seismological data, which shows no evidencefor a
low velocity zone under the Hawaiian swell [1211.
3.1 Background
Becausethe oceanic lithosphere is relatively uniform
b in composition, and little heat is generatedwithin it by
/ radioactivity, oceanic heat flow is essentially a simple
L function of age described by the cooling plate model.
/ In contrast, continental lithosphere is quite heterogene-
7 ous in composition, due to its much longer tectonic his-
tory. Moreover, the heat flow depends critically on
radioactive heat production in the crust. The two pri-
I I I I mary effects are thus that continental heat flow is pro-
0 2 4 6 8- portional to the surface crustal radioactivity in a given
HEAT GENERATION (pW K3) region, and decreaseswith the time since the last major
80 , tectonic event
I I I I I
form within the heat-flow province and can be inter- aquifers [e.g. 671. Near-surface hydrothermal circula-
preted as representingthe flux from deep crustal regions tion in the continental crust can also extensively redis-
or at the Moho. On average, the reduced heat flow for tribute heat (for example in Iceland), thus complicating
a province is about 0.6 of the averageheat flow (Figure analysis of heat flow data. For example, analysis of heat
3, bottom), suggestingthat about 60% of the flux comes flow values for the Snake River PlateaurYellowstone
from the lower crust or below [86]. hotspot are complicated by extensive ground water cir-
culation [e.g. 201.
3.3 Continental Heat Flux with Age
Lee and Uyeda [66] lirst suggestedthat the continen- 3.5 Extension, Hotspots and Frictional Heating
tal heat flow was age dependent. Subsequentwork [e.g. Transient heating of the continental lithosphere can
89; 11l] better demonstratedthis relationship (Table 5). occur due to tectonic processes including extension,
The heat flow within a given continent generally hotspot reheating, and fault motion. Unlike oceanic
decreaseswith age [99]. The decreaseis even clearer hotspots where heat flow anomaliesare calculated rela-
when the age used is the time since the last tectonother- tive to that expectedfor the lithospheric age, continental
mal event (Figure 4). As with oceanic heat flow, con- anomaliesare relative to the surrounding lithospherenot
tinental measurementsshow a relatively large standard affected by the tectonic event. For example, the Snake
deviation. Local conditions such as variations in River Plain, a topographic feature resulting from intra-
radioactive heat production, sedimentation, erosion, plate volcanism and massive magmatic intrusions in the
topography, water circulation and climate variability add uppermost crust starting about 16 Ma, is thought to
to the uncertainties. One method of attempting to mark the passage of the Yellowstone hotspot. Heat
remove the radioactive signal is to consider the reduced flow systematically increases eastward towards the
heat flux versus age. This parameter rapidly decreases recent volcanism from about 75-90 mW mm2to 90-110
with tectonothetmal ages from 0 and 300 Ma (Figure 4, mW m-*, well above the average North American
top). For older ages (Paleozoic and Pre-Cambrian) the values [16]. In Yellowstone National Park, heat flow
reduced heat flow appears to be a relatively constant, measurements[79] and geochemicalanalysis [433 imply
about 25 mW me2 (.6 HIV) [78, 991. high heat loss and upper crustal temperatures in the
most recently active region of volcanism.
3.4 Water Circulation During extension or rifting of continental lithosphere,
In contrast to the oceanic lithosphere, in which little additional heat is added to the near surface by both
is known about water circulation, water circulation in upward advection of heat by magmatic intrusions and
the continental crust has been intensively studied. Most volcanism, and overall thinning of the crust. The higher
water flow is driven by hydraulic gradients associated geotherm, subsidence,and typically rapid sedimentation,
with variations in water table elevation and location of as the lithosphere cools, facilitates the production of
fossil fuels. Regions currently undergoing extension, faulting may provide an additional source of heat to the
such as the Basin and Range province in the western U. lithosphere, proportional to the product of the velocity
S. have higher average heat flow [e.g. 58, 773 and of the motion and the fault stress. The lirst such study
reduced heat flow compared to sites with the sameaver- for the San Andreas fault [21] suggested that the
age radioactive heat generation (Figures 3 and 4). High absenceof a significant heat flow anomaly implied rela-
heat flow is also found where Cenozoic rifting has tively low stresses(about 100 bars) over long periods of
formed passive margins or substantially thinned con- time. More recent heat flow measurementsand model-
tinental crust prior to the onset of sealloor spreading ing [58] and recent drilling results for the Cajon Pass
[e.g. 221. The effect of recent volcanism is apparent site [59] support the initial conclusion.
when comparing the average heat flow of Cenozoic
igneous regions to Cenozoic sedimentary and 4. GEOTHERMS
metamorphic regions. Simple models of the processof
lithospheric extension, which may produce a rifted con- Continental and oceanic lithosphere are composedof
tinental margin or sedimentary basin [e.g. 76, 951, sug- very different materials with different tectonic histories.
gest that although heat is added to the crust, the addi- The lithospheric thickness, which presumably varies as
tional heat flow will almost completely dissipate within a function of age and tectonic history, can be defined
less than 100 m.y. Hence, it is not surprising that heat based on different properties [e.g. 521, such as mechan-
flow for igneous regions are similar to that for sedimen- ical strength [e.g. 241, seismic velocity [e.g. 801, or
tary and metamorphic regions of Mesozoic or Paleozoic thermal behavior. Possible thermal definitions include
ages(Table 5). the region where conduction is the major heat transfer
It has been proposed that frictional heating during mechanism [e.g. 781, or the region at which tempera-
ture are less than some fraction of the expectedsolidus.
An interesting fact is that the average heat flow for
old oceanic lithosphere and the oldest continental litho-
Geotherms
0 sphere is approximately the same, about 50 mW mm2
(Tables 3 and 5). Whether this approximateequality is a
coincidence or reflects a fundamental tectonic fact is an
interesting question. The issue is complicated by the
challenge of estimating the geotherm given the surface
heat flow. The oceanic geotherm within the lithosphere
x 5o is thought to bc a straightforward calculation from the
V cooling plate model. The geotherm changes with age
I until it reaches a steady state, at which time the geoth-
-ii erm is essentially linear with depth, with a slope equal
2 100 to the surface heat flow divided by the thermal conduc-
tivity (Figure 5), because the radioactive heat produc-
-\\\ \ tion is small. Beneath the plate a shallow adiabatic gra-
-\
II \ dient, -0.3”C/km, is generally assumed[108]. The con-
150 I I tinental geotherm, however, dependson the assumedthe
500 1000 1500 variation of radioactive heat production with depth.
Temperature (“C) Assuming only conductive heat transfer, steady-state
conditions and given two boundary conditions, the sur-
Fig. 5: Geotherms for old oceanic [105] and old con- face heat flow qs and a surface temperature T,, the
tinental lithosphere assuminga 50 mW mm2surface heat geotherm T(z) is
flow 1861,and a solidus [104]. Radioactive heat pro-
duction in continental crust results in lower tempem- T(z) = T, + $z - gz*.
tures at a given depth compared with the oceanic geoth-
erm. Continental geothenn is calculated assumingonly Hence for a given surface heat flow and temperature,
conduction, but other modes of heat transfer may be in- the temperatures at depth will be lower the higher the
creasingly significant at depths greater than about 70 km radioactive heat production. The continental geotherm
B61. in Figure 5 [86] assumes a heat production of 2.5
154 HEAT FLOW OF THE EARTH
10dwmm3 for the upper 8 km, an order of magnitude Table 6. Global Heat Flow
less for the lower crust and even less for the mantle
below. The resulting geotherm suggeststhat the thermal
thickness of old continental lithosphere exceedsthat of
old oceanic lithosphere. These relative thicknesses v
agree with some assessments[e.g. 521 but is opposite
the conclusionsof Sclater et al. [99, NO] who suggested
approximate equality of the geotherms, in part due to Total global heat loss= 4.42 & 0.10 X 1013W
their cooler oceanic model. Given the uncertainties in From Pollack et al. [88].
the estimated geotherms, due in large part to the largely
unknown variation in both heat production and other
physical properties with depth, the question of what the or a total heat loss of 4.42 x 1013W [88]. Thesevalues
equality of old continental and oceanic heat flow means are about 4-8% higher than previous analyses of the
remains unresolved and possibly even unresolvable. global heat flow dam set [e.g. 34, 99, 1171. The more
diificult to estimate total heat production within the
5. GLOBAL HEAT LOSS earth, 27.5 x 1012 W (from 3.47 x lo-* cal g-’ yf’
[Table 10; 109]), is often divided by the global heat
Prior to the development of plate tectonics, it was loss, giving a value of about 0.6. This quantity, known
thought that the average oceanic heat flow might be as the Urey ratio, indicates that radioactivity can
lower than that for the continents becausethe basalt of account for about 60% of the earth’s heat output, and
the oceanic crust has less radioactive isotopescompared hence is important for modeling the thermal evolution
to continental material. In fact, the averageoceanicheat of the earth [291.
flow (101 mW mV2) is higher than for continents (65
mW mb2) because of the plate cooling process. Thus Acknowledgments: I thank Henry Pollack for providing a
oceanic and continental heat flow account for about preprint of his paper and Seth Stein and an anonymous
70% and 30% respectively of the integrated surface heat reviewer for useful comments. This research was supported
flux (Table 6), yielding a global averageof 87 mW mm2 by NSF grant EAR-9219302.
REFERENCES
1. Abbott, D. H., C. A. Stein, and 0. 4. Anderson, R. N., and M. A. Hobart, Kastner, and H. Elderlield, Large-
Diachok, Topographic relief and The relation between heat flow, sed- scale lateral advection of seawater
sediment thickness: their effects on iment thickness, and age in the through oceanic crust in the central
the thermal evolution of oceanic eastern Pacific, J. Geophys. Res., equatorial Pacific, Earth Planet. Sci.
lithosphere, Geophys. Res. Left., 19, 81, 2968-2989, 1976. Let?., 105, 522-533, 1991.
1975-1978, 1992. 5. Anderson, R. N., M. G. Langseth, 9. Beck, A. E., Methods for determin-
21 Akaogi, M., E. Ito, and A. Navrot- and J. G. Sclater, The mechanisms ing thermal conductivity and tber-
sky, Experimental and tbermo- of heat transfer through the floor on ma1 diffusivity, in Handbook of ter-
dynamic constraints on phase transi- the Indian Ocean, J. Geophys. Res., restrial heat-flow density determina-
tions of mantle minerals (abstract), 82, 3391-3409, 1977. tion, edited by R. Haenel, L.
Abstr. 28th Internat. Geol. Gong., 1, 6. Anderson, R. N., M. G. Langseth, Rybach and L. Stegena, pp. 87-124,
26, 1989. and M. A. Hobart, Geothermal con- Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dor-
3. Anderson, R. N., 1980 Update of vection through oceanic crust and drecht, 1988.
heat flow in the East and Southeast sediments in the Indian Ocean, Sci- 10. Beck, A. E., Inferring past climate
Asian seas, in The Tectonic and ence, 204, 828832, 1979. change from subsurface temperature
Geologic Evolution of Southeast 7. Anderson, R. N., and J. N. Skilbeck, profiles: some problems and
Asian Seas and Islands, Geophysi- Oceanic heat flow, in The Oceanic methods, Pakxeography, PaIaeo-
cal Monograph Series, 23, edited Lithosphere, The Seas 7, edited by climatology, Palaeoecology (Global
by D. E. Hayes, pp. 319-326, Am. C. Emiliani, pp. 489-523, Wiley- and Planetary Change Section), 98,
Geophys. Un., Washington, D. C., Interscience, New York, 1981. 73-80, 1992.
1980. 8. Baker, P. A., P. M. Stout, M. 11. Beck, A. E., and N. Balling, Deter-
STEIN 155
mination of virgin rock tempera- of slip along the San Andreas Fault, Galapagos rift, Science, 203,
tures, in Handbook of terrestrial California, J. Geophys. Res., 74, 1073-1083, 1979.
heat-flow density determination, 3821-3827, 1969. 32. Courtney, R. C., and M. Recq,
edited by R. Haenel, L. Rybach and 22. Buck, W. R., F. Martinez, M. S. Anomalous heat flow neat the
L. Stegena, pp. 59-85, Kluwer Steckler, and J. R. Co&ran, Ther- Crozet Plateau and mantle convec-
Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, mal consequences of lithospheric tion, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 79,
1988. extension: pure and simple, Tecron- 373-384, 1986.
12. Beltrami, H., and J-C Mareshal, its, 7, 213-234, 1988. 33. Courtney, R. C., and R. S. White,
Ground temperature histories for 23. Bullard, E. C., Heat flow in South Anomalous heat flow and geoid
central and eastern Canada from Africa, Proc. Roy. Sot. London, A, across the Cape Verde Rise: evi-
geothermal measurements: Little Ice 173, 474-502, 1939. dence for dynamic support from a
Age signature, Geophys. Rex Zett., 24. Cahnanf S., J. Francheteau, and A. thermal plume in the mantle, Geo-
19, 6899692, 1992. Cazenave, Elastic layer thickening phys. J. R. astron. Sot., 87,
13. Benfield, A. E., Terrestrial heat flow with age of the oceanic lithosphere 815-867, 1986.
in Great Britian, Proc. Roy. Sot. a tool for prediction of age of vol- 34. Davies, G. F., Review of oceanic
London, A, 173, 428450, 1939. canoes or oceanic crust, Geophys. J. and global heat flow estimates, Rev.
14. Birch, F., Low values of oceanic Iti., loo, 5967, 1990. Geophys. Space Phys., 18, 718-722,
heat flow, J. Geophys. Res., 72, 25. Carslaw, H. S., and J. C. Jaeger, 1980.
2261-2262, 1967. Conduction of heat in solids, 35. Davis, E. E., D. S. Chapman, C. B.
15. Birch, F., R. F. Roy, and E. R. Oxford University Press, Oxford, For&r, and H. Villinger, Heat-flow
Decker, Heat flow and the thermal 510 pp., 1959. variations correlated with buried
history in New England and New 26. Cermak, V., Underground tempera- basement topography on the Juan de
York, in Studies of Appalachian ture and inferred climatic tempera- Fuca Ridge, Ndure, 342, 533-537,
geology, northern and maritime, ture of the past millennium, Palaeo- 1989.
edited by E. Zen, W. S. White, J. geogr., Pakzeoclima.tol., Palaeo- 36. Davis, E. E., R. D. Hyndman, and
B. Hadley and J. B. Thompson, pp. ceol., IO, 1-19, 1971. H. Villinger, Rates of fluid expul-
437-451, Interscience, 1968. 27. Chapman, D. S., and H. N. Pollack, sion across the northern Cascadia
16. Blackwell, D. D., Regional implica- Global heat flow: a new look, Earth accretionary prism: Constraints from
tions of heat flow of the Snake Planet. Sci. Len., 28, 23-32, 1975. new heat flow and multichannel
River Plain, Northwestern United 28. Chapman, D. S., T. J. Chisholm, and seismic reflection data, J. Geophys.
states, Tectonophysics, 164, R. N. Harris, Combining borehole Res., 95, 8869-8890, 1990.
323-343, 1989. temperature and meteorological data 37. Davis, E. E., and C. R. B. Lister,
17. Blackwell, D. D., J. L. Steele, and to constrain past climate change, Fundamentals of ridge crest topog-
C. A. Brotf The terrain effect on Palaeogrqhy, Palaeoclimatology, raphy, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 21,
terrestrial heat flow, J. Geophys. Pahzeoecology (Global and Plane- 405-413, 1974.
Rex, 85, 4757-4772, 1980. tary Change Section), 98, 269-281, 38. Detrick, R. S., R. P. Von Herzen, B.
18. Boemer, S. T., and J. G. Sclater, 1992. Parsons, D. Sandwell, and M.
Approximate solutions for heat loss 29. Christensen, U., The energy budget Dougherty, Heat flow observations
in small marginal basins, in CRC of the earth, in The encyclopedia of on the Bermuda Rise and thermal
Handbook of Seafloor Heat Flow, solid earth geophysics, Encyclo- models of midplate swells, J. Geo-
edited by J. A. Wright and K. E. pedia of Earth Sciences, edited by phys. Res., 91, 3701-3723, 1986.
Louden, pp. 231-255, CRC Press, D. E. James, pp. 372-378, Van 39. Fehn, U., and L. M. Cathles, ‘Ihe
Inc., Boca Raton, 1989. Nostrand Reinhold Company, New influence of plate movement on the
19. Bredehoeft, J.D., and I.S. Papadopu- York, 1989. evolution of hydrothermal convec-
los, Rates of vertical groundwater 30. Clauser, C., and E. Huenges, ‘Iber- tion cells in the oceanic crust, Tec-
movement estimated from the ma1 conductivity of rocks and tonophysics, 125, 289-3 12, 1986.
earth’s thermal profile, Water minerals, AGV Handbook of Physi- 40. Fehn, U., K. E. Green, R. P. Von
Resow. Res., 2, 325-328, 1965. cal Constants,, Ed., edited by T. J. Herzen, and L. M. Cathles, Numeri-
20. Brett, C. A., D. D. Blackwell, and J. Ahrens, Am. Geophys. Un., Wash- cal models for the hydrothermal
P. Ziagos, Thermal and tectonic ington, D.C., this volume, 1994. field at the Galapagos spreading
implications of heat flow in the 31. Corliss, J. B., J. Dymond, L. I. Gor- center, J. Geophys. Res., 88,
Eastern Snake River Plain, Idaho, J. don, J. M. Edmond, R. P. Von Her- 1033-1048, 1983.
Geophys. Res., 86, 11,709-11,734, Zen, R. D. Ballard, K. L. Green, D. 41. Fisher, A. T., Becker, K., and T. N.
1981. Williams, A. L. Brainbridge, K. Narasimhan, Off-axis hydrothermal
21. Brune, J. N., T. L. Henyey, and R. Crane, and T. H. van Andel, Sub- circulation: parametric tests of a
F. Roy, Heat flow, stress, and rate marine thermal springs on the refined model of processes at Deep
156 HEAT FLOW OF THE EARTH
Sea Drilling Project/Ocean Drilling 1990. 62. Langseth, M. G., X. Le Pichon, and
Program site 504, J. Geophys. Res., 51. Jessop, A. M., M. A. Hobart, and J. M. Ewing, Crustal structure of the
99, 3097-3121, 1994. G. Sclater, The worbi heat flow mid-ocean ridges, 5, Heat flow
42. Foucher, J. P., X. Le Pichon, S. Lal- a&a collection-- 1975, Geothermal through the Atlantic Ocean floor
lemant, M. A. Hobart, P. Henry, M. Series 5, Energy, Mines and and convection currents, J. Geo-
Benedetti, G. K. Westbrook, and M. Resources, Earth Physics Branch, phys. Res., 71, 5321-5355, 1966.
G. Langseth, Heat flow, tectonics, Ottawa, Canada, 1976. 63. Langseth, M. G., M. A. Hobart, and
and fluid circulation at the toe of 52. Jordan, T. H., Global tectonic K. Horai, Heat flow in the Bering
the Barbados Ridge accretionary regionalization for seismological Sea, J. Geophys. Res., 85,
prism, .I. Geophys. Res., 95, data analysis, Bull. Seismol. Sot. 3740-3750, 1980.
8859-8867, 1990. Am., 71, 1131-1141, 1981. 64. Le Pichon, X., P. Henry, and S. Lal-
43. Fournier, R. 0, Geochemistry and 53. Kaula, W. M., Absolute plate lemant, Accretion and erosion in
dynamics of the Yellowstone motions by boundary velocity mini- subduction zones: The role of
National Park hydrothermal system, &ions, J. Geophys. Res., 80, fluids, in Annu. Rev. Earth Planet.
in Ann. Rev. Earth Planet. Sci., 17, 244-248, 1975. Sci., 21, edited by G. W. Wetherill,
edited by G. W. Wetherill, A. L. 54. Lachenbruch, A.H., Rapid estimation A. L. Albee and K. C. Burke, pp.
Albee and F. G. Stehli, pp. 13-53, of the topographic disturbances to 307-33 1, 1993.
1989. superficial thermal gradients, Rev. 65. Lee, W. H. K., and S. P. Clark, Jr.,
44. Henry, S. G., and H. N. Pollack, Geophys. Space Phys., 6, 365-400, Heat flow and volcanic tempera-
Heat flow in the presence of topog- 1968. tures, in Handbook of Physical
raphy: numerical analysis of data 55. Lachenbruch, A. H., Crustal tem- Constants, Geol. Sot. Am. Mem. 97,
ensembles, Geophysics, SO, perature and heat production: Impli- edited by S. P. Clark, Jr., pp.
13351341, 1985. cations of the linear beat-flow rela- 483-511, 1966.
45. Hutchison, I., The effects of sedi- tion, J. Geophys. Res., 75, 66. Lee, W. H. K., and S. Uyeda,
mentation and compaction on oce- 3291-3300, 1970. Review of heat flow data, in Terres-
anic heat flow, Geophys. J. R. astr. 56. Lachenbruch, A. H., and B. V. trial heat flow, Geophys. Mono-
Sot., 82, 439459, 1985. Marshall, Heat flow and water tem- graph 8 edited by W. H. K. Lee,
46. Hyndman, R. D., M. G. Langseth, perature fluctuations in the Denmark pp. 87-190, American Geophysical
and R. P. Von Herzen, Deep Sea Strait, J. Geophys. Res., 73, Union, Washington, D.C., 1965.
Drilling project geothermal meas- 5829-5842, 1968. 67. Lewis, T. J., and A. E. Beck,
urements: a review, Rev. Geophys., 57. Lachenbruch, A. H., and B. V. Analysis of heat-flow data- detailed
2.5, 1563-1582, 1987. Marshall, Changing climate: geoth- observations in many holes in a
47. Jacobson, R. S., Impact of crustal ermal evidence from permafrost in small area, Tectonophys., 41,
evolution on changes of the seismic the Alaskan Arctic, Science, 234, 41-59, 1977.
properties of the uppermost ocean 689496, 1986. 68. Lister, C. R. B., On the thermal bal-
crust, Rev. Geophysics, 30, 2342, 58. Lachenbruch, A. H., and J. H. Sass, ance of a mid-ocean ridge, Geo-
1992. Heat flow and energetics of the San phys. J. R. astron. Sot., 26,
48. Jarvis, G. T., and W. R. Peltier, Andreas Fault zone, J. Geophys. 5 15535, 1972.
Convection models and geophysical Res., 85, 6185-6223, 1980. 69. Lister, C. R. B., “Active” and “pas-
observations, in Mantle Convection, 59. Lachenbruch, A. H., and J. H. Sass, sive” hydrothermal systems in the
edited by W. R. Peltier, pp. Heat flow from Cajon Pass, fault oceanic crust: predicted physical
479594, Gordon and Breach, New strength, and tectonic implications, conditions, in The dynamic environ-
York, 1989. J. Geophys. Rex, 97, 4995-5015, ment of the ocean Joor, edited by
.49. Jemsek, J., and R.P. Von Herzen, 1992. K. A. Fanning and F. T. Manheim,
Measurement of in situ sediment 60. Langseth, M., K. Becker, R. P. Von pp. 441470, University of Miami,
thermal conductivity: continuous- Herzen, and P. Schultheiss, Heat 1982.
heating method with outrigged and fluid flux through sediment on 70. Liu, M., and C. G. Chase, Evolution
probes, in Handbook of seajtoor the flank of the mid-Atlantic ridge, of midplate hotspot swells: numeri-
heatjlow, edited by J.A. Wright and Geophys. Res. L&t., 19, 517-520, cal solutions, .I. Geophys. Res., 94,
K.E. Louden, pp. 91-120, CRC 1992. 5571-5584, 1989.
Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida, 61. Langseth, M. G., and R. P. Von Her- 71. Louden, K. E., The crustal and
1989. zen, Heat flow through the floor of lithospheric thickness of the Philip-
50. Jessop, A. M., Thermal geophysics, the world oceans, in The Sea, 4, pine Sea as compared to the Pacific,
Developments in solid earth geo- edited by A. E. Maxwell, pp. Earth Planet. Sci. Len., SO,
physics 17, 306 pp., Elsevier Sci- 299-352, Interscience, New York, 275-288, 1980.
ence Publishers B. V., Amsterdam, 1970. 72. Louden, K. E., Marine heat flow
STEM 157
data listing, Appendix B, in Hand- Kobayashi, Age-depth correlation of Heat flow through the floor of the
book of seajioor heat jlow, edited the Philippine Sea back-arc basins eastern north Pacific Ocean, Nature,
by J. A. Wright and K. E. Louden, and other marginal basins in the 170, 199-200, 1952.
pp. 325485, CRC Press, Inc., Boca world, Tectonophys., 181, 35 l-37 1, 93. Richter, F. M., Kelvin and the age of
Raton, Florida, 1989. 1990. the earth, J. Geol., 94, 395401,
73. Louden, K. E., and J. A. Wright, 83. Parsons, B., and F. M. Richter, 1986.
Marine heat flow data: A new com- Mantle convection and the oceanic 94. Roy, R. F., D. D. Blackwell, and F.
pilation of observations and brief lithosphere, in Oceanic Lithosphere, Birch, Heat generation of plutonic
review of its analysis, in CRC (ne Sea, vol. 7), edited by C. Emi- nxks and continental heat flow pru-
Handbook of Seajoor Hea Flow, liani, pp. 73-117, Wiley- vinces, Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 5,
edited by I. A. Wright and K. E. Interscience, New York, 1981. I-12, 1968.
Louden, pp. 3-67, CRC Press, Inc., 84. Parsons, B., and J. G. Sclater, An 95. Royden, L., and C. E. Keen, Rifting
Boca Raton, 1989. analysis of the variation of ocean process and thermal evolution of the
74. Lowell, R. P., Topographically floor bathymetry and heat flow with continental margin of eastern
driven subcritical hydrothermal con- age, J. Geophys. Res., 82, 803-827, Canada determined from subsidence
vection in the oceanic crust, Earth 1977. curves, Earth Planet. Sci. Left., 51,
Planer. Sci. L.ett., 49, 21-28, 1980. 85. Patterson, P. L., and R. P. Lowell, 343-361, 1980.
75. McKenzie, D. P., Some remarks on Numerical models of hydrothermal 96. Sato, H., I. S. Sacks, and T. Murase,
heat flow and gravity anomalies, J. circulation for the intrusion zone at Use of laboratory velocity data for
Geophys. Res., 72, 6261-6273, an ocean ridge axis, in The estimating temperature and partial
1967. Dynamic Environment of the Ocean melt fraction in the low velocity
76. McKenzie, D. P., Some remarks on Floor, edited by K. A. Fanning and zone: comparison with heat flow
the development of sedimentary F. T. Manheim, pp. 471-492, and electrical conductivity studies,
basins, Earth Planet Sci. Let& 40, University of Miami, 1982. J. Geophys. Res., 94, 5689-5704,
25-32, 1978. 86. Pollack, H. N., and D. S. Chapman, 1989.
77. Morgan, P., Constraints on rift ther- On the regional variation of heat 97. Sclater, J. G., and J. Francheteau,
mal processes from heat flow and flow, geotberms, and the thickness The implications of terrestrial heat
uplift, Tecronophysics, 94, 277-298, of the lithosphere, Tectonophysics, flow observations on current tec-
1983. 38, 279-296, 1977. tonic and geochemical models of
78. Morgan, P., The thermal structure 87. Pollack, H. N., S. J. Hurter, and J. the crust and upper mantle of the
and thermal evolution of the con- R. Johnston, Global heat flow data Earth, Geophys. J. R. astron. Sot.,
tinental lithosphere, in Structure set, World Data Center A for Solid 20, 509-542, 1970.
and evolution of the continental Earth Geophysics, NOAA E/GCI, 98. Sclater, J. G., J. Cmwe, and R. N.
lithosphere, Physics and chemistry 325 Broadway, Boulder, CO 80303, Anderson, On the reliability of oce-
of the earth 15, edited by H. N. USA, 1992. anic heat flow averages, .I. Geophys.
Pollack and V. R. Murthy, pp. 88. Pollack, H. N., S. J. Hurter, and J. Res., 81, 2997-3006, 1976.
107-193, Pergamon Press, Oxford, R. Johnston, Heat loss from the 99. Sclater, J. G., C. Jauparf and D.
1984. earth’s interior: analysis of the glo- Galson, The heat flow through ace-
79. Morgan, P., D. D. Blackwell, R. E. bal data set, Rev. Geophys., 31, anic and continental crust and the
Spafford, and R. B. Smith, Heat 267-280, 1993. heat loss of the Earth, Rev. Geo-
flow measurements in Yellowstone 89. Polyak, B. G., and Y. A. Smirnov, phys. Space Phys., 18, 269-311,
Lake and the thermal structure of Relationship between terrestrial heat 1980.
the Yellowstone Caldera, J. Geo- flow and the tectonics of continents, 100. Sclater, J. G., B. Parsons, and C.
phys. Res., 82, 3719-3732, 1977. Georectonics, 4, 205-213, 1968. Jaupart, Oceans and continents:
80. Nishimura, C., and D. Forsyth, The 90. Powell, W. G., D. S. Chapman, N. Similarities and differences in the
anisotmpic structure of the upper Balling, and A. E. Beck, Continen- mechanisms of heat loss, J. Geo-
mantle in the Pacific, Geophys. J. tal heat-flow density, in Handbook phys. Res., 86, 11,535-l 1,552,
R. Asrr. Sot., %, 203-226, 1989. of Terrestrial Heat-Flow Determi- 1981.
81. Palmason, G., On heat flow in Ice- nation, edited by R. Haenel, L. 101. Shen, P. Y., and A. E. Beck, Paleo-
land in relation to the Mid-Atlantic Rybach and L. Stegena, pp. climate change and heat flow den-
Ridge, Iceland and mid-ocean 167-222, Kluwer Academic Pub- sity inferred from temperature data
ridges- Report of a symposium, pp. lishers, Hordrecht, 1988. in the Superior Province of the
111-127, Geoscience Society of 91. Ratcliffe, E. H., The thermal conduc- Canadian Shield, Palaeography,
Iceland, Reykjavik, 1967, tivities of ocean sediments, J. Geo- Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology
Reykjavik, Iceland, 1967. phys. Res., 65, 1535-1541, 1960. (Global and Planetary Change Sec-
82. Park, C.-H., K. Tan&i, and K. 92. Revelle, R., and A. E. Maxwell, tion), 98, 143-165, 1992.
158 HEAT FLOW OF THE EARTH
102. Simmons, G., and K. Horai, Heat Ahrens, Am. Geophys. Un., Wash- edited by M. Talwani and W. Pit-
flow data, 2, J. Geophys. Res., 73, ington, D.C., this volume, 1994. man, III, pp. 137-162, American
66084629, 1968. 110. Verhoogen, J., Energetics of the Geophysical Union, Washington,
103. Solomon, S. C., and I. W. Head, Earth, National Academy of Sci- D.C., 1977.
Mechanisms for lithospheric heat ences, Washington, D.C., 1980. 117. Williams, D. L., and R. P. Von
lmnsport on Venus: Implications for 111. Vitorello, I., and H. N. Pollack, On Herzen, Heat loss from the earth:
tectonic style and volcanism, J. the variation of continental heat New estimate, Geology, 2, 327-328,
Geophys. Res., 87, 9236-9246, flow with age and the thermal evo- 1974.
1982. lution of continents, J. Geophys. 118. Williams, D. L., R. P. Von Herzen,
104. Stacey, F. D., Physics of the Earth Res., 8.5, 983-995, 1980. J. G. Sclater, and R. N. Anderson,
(3rd Edition), Brookfield Press, 112. Von Herzen, R. P., and S. Uyeda, The Galapagos spreading centre:
Kenmore, 1992. Heat flow through the eastern Lithospheric cooling and hydrother-
105. Stein, C. A., and S. Stein, A model Pacific ocean floor, J. Geophys. mal circulation, Geophys. J. R. astr.
for the global variation in oceanic Res., 68, 42194250, 1963. Sot., 38, 587-608, 1974.
depth and heat flow with lithos- 113. Von Herzen, R. P., R. S. Detrick, 119. Wolery, T. J., and N. H. Sleep,
pheric age, Namre, 359, 123-129, S. T. Crough, D. Epp, and U. Fehn, Hydrothermal circulation and gee-
1992. Thermal origin of the Hawaiian chemical flux at mid-ocean ridges,
106. Stein, C. A., and S. Stein, Con- swell: Heat flow evidence and ther- J. Geol., 84, 249-275, 1976.
straints on Pacific midplate swells mal models, J. Geophys. Res., 87, 120. Wolery, T. J., and N. H. Sleep,
from global depth-age and heat 671 l-6723, 1982. Interactions of geochemical cycles
flow-age models, in The Mesozoic 114. Von Herzen, R. P., M. J. Cordery, with the mantle, in Chemical Cycles
Pacijic, Geophys. Monogr. Ser. vol. R. S. Detrick, and C. Fang, Heat in the Evolution of the Earth, edited
77, edited by M. Pringle, W. W. flow and the thermal origin of by C. B. Gregor, R. M. Garrels, F.
Sager, W. Sliter and S. Stein, pp. hotspot swells: the Hawaiian swell T. Mackenzie and J. B. Maynard,
53-76, AGU, Washington, D. C., revisited, J. Geophys. Res., 94, pp. 77-103, John Wiley and Sons,
1993. 13,783-13,799, 1989. Inc., New York, 1988.
107. Stein, C. A., and S. Stein, Con- 115. Wang, K., T. J. Lewis, and A. M. 121. Woods, M. T., J.-J. Leveque, E. A.
straints on hydrothermal heat flux Jessop, Climatic changes in central Okal, and M. Cara, Two-station
through the oceanic lithosphere and eastern Canada inferred from measurements of Rayleigh wave
from global heat flow, J. Geophys. deep borehole temperature data, group velocity along the Hawai‘ian
Res., 99, 3081-3095, 1994. Palaeogeolgraphy, Palaeoclimatol- swell, Geophys. Res. Lett., 18,
108. Turcotte, D. L., and G. Schubert, ogy, Pabseocology (Global and 105-108, 1991.
Geodynamics: applications of con- Planetary Change Section), 98, 122. Yamano, M., J. P. Foucher, M.
tinuum physics to geological prob- 129-141, 1992. Kinoshita, A. Fisher, and R. D.
lems, John Wiley, New York, 1982. 116. Watanabe, T., M. G. Langseth, and Hyndmau, Heat flow and fluid flow
109. Van Schmus, W. R., Natural R. N. Anderson, Heat flow in regime in the western Nankai accre-
radioactivity of the crust and man- back-arc basins of the western tionary prism, Earth Planet. Sci.
tle, AGU Handbook of Physical Pacitic, in Island Arcs, Deep Sea Len., 109, 451462, 1992.
constants, , Ed., edited by T. J. Trenches, and Back-Arc Basins,
Composition of the Solar System, Planets, Meteorites,
and Major Terrestrial Reservoirs
Horton E. Newsom
somewhat better. Agreement between the averaged Mainz C1’~0(%0 relative to SMOW)
data and UCLA data, and the Anders and Grevesse [4] data
for most of the elements is generally better than plus or
minus 3%. Earlier compilations of CI data include Anders
and Ebihara [3], and Palme et al. [Sl].
The isotopic composition of the solar system reported by
Clark [ 181 has also been updated by Anders and Grevesse
[4, Table 31. Some solar system material contains elements
whose isotopic systems exhibit anomalies or evidence of
extinct radionuclides, which have been interpreted in terms
of different presolar contributions to the solar nebula [e.g.
391. The origin by nuclear or chemical processes of the
most widespread of the isotopic anomalies, the variations in
oxygen isotopes, is still in doubt [71]. Clayton et al. [20]
argued that two gaseous reservoirs, one “terrestrial”, one IhO
rich, are required to explain the O-isotope variations in
meteorites. Whatever their origin, the variations in the
ratios of ‘70/‘h0 and ‘sO/lhO (Figure 2) is the most useful
system for distinguishing different planetary materials. The
terrestrial fractionation line is due to mass fractionation of Fig. 2. The relationship between &I70 and 6”O for the
the 0 isotopes in terrestrial materials. The carbonaceous Earth, Moon, and meteorites from [69] with permission.
chondrite anhydrous minerals line may represent mixing be- The terms aI70 (%o relative to SMOW) and 6”O (%OO
tween different components. The Earth and Moon fall on relative to SMOW) refer to the ratios of ‘70/1h0 and “O/‘“O,
the same fractionation line, possibly indicating a close expressed in parts per thousand relative to Standard Mean
relationship between the two bodies. Ocean Water.
During the formation of the solar system, the material
now in the terrestrial planets and meteorites lost substantial
amounts of the gaseous elements, such as H and He. Great other chemical variations. Much of the material was also
diversity in different meteorite types was established due to thermally processed, resulting in chemical signatures of
variable oxidation states in different nebula reservoirs, and evaporation and condensation that are recorded in the
because fractionations of different solid components led to meteorites and planets. Some of the thermal events were of
a transient nature, resulting in the formation of the round
.PI
- - silicate chondrules characteristic of most chondritic meteor-
ites. Surprisingly, the CI chondrites do not contain chon-
drules, but they do contain fragments of what are interpreted
(
.
to have originally been chondrules. The thermal events
resulted in chemical fractionations that can be best char-
..
.
” 4
. acterized by the calculated condensation temperature, which
.
. 4 is a measure of volatility. These condensation temperatures
+ . “@
1
.
.
. represent the temperature at which 50% of the element
’ :
0. would be condensed from a system with a bulk solar system
,I .
I.
, composition at a given pressure (Table 1).
.
. The chemical elements can be classified based on their
. condensation temperature [50, Table 11: 1. The refractory
elements (Ca, Al, Ti, Zr, REE, Ir, OS, etc.) make up about
5% of the total condensible matter. 2. Mg-silicates (forster-
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ite Mg,SiO,, enstatite MgSiO,) and metal (FeNi) represent
the major fraction of condensible matter. 3. Moderately
Atomic Number, Z
volatile elements (Na, K, Cu, Zn, etc.) have condensation
Fig. 1. Comparison of photospheric (“solar”) and solar- temperatures, from below Mg-silicate and FeNi, down to S
system (“meteoritic”) abundances from [4] with permission. (as FeS). 4. Highly volatile elements (In, Cd, Pb, etc) have
NEWSOM 161
condensation temperatures below FeS. Variations in the siderophile elements (elements with an affinity for iron
abundances of these different groups of elements are also metal) are enriched or depleted by a factor of two between
characteristic of the different meteorite groups. the metal-depleted LL chondrites and the metal-enriched CH
Meteorites can be divided into two major types, chon- chondrites [ 131. Siderophile element abundances are often
drites, which never experienced wholesale melting after depleted in differentiated bodies because of core formation.
accretion from the solar nebula, and achondrites, which are Figure 3 illustrates the depletions of volatile elements in the
igneous rocks that are thought to be the result of melting CM chondrites and the Bulk Silicate Earth (BSE) composi-
and crystallization on their parent asteroids. Classification tion. The additional depletion of siderophile elements (both
schemes from Wasson [79] are shown in Tables 4 and 5, refractory and volatile) in the BSE due to core formation is
and also discussed by Sears and Dodd [62]. Data for some evident in Figure 3.
types of chondritic meteorites other than CI are listed in
Table 6. [80]. The CI, CM, CO, CK and CV chondrites are 3. ASTEROIDS
called carbonaceous chondrites, because of their dark
appearance and high C content. These meteorites are also Meteorites are thought to come from parent bodies in the
highly oxidized, The CI chondrites contain essentially no asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter (exceptions include
iron metal. The H, L and LL chondrites are called the the SNC meteorites, probably from Mars, see below, and
ordinary chondrites because they are the most abundant lunar meteorites). Spectrophotometry of asteroids has
types of meteorites in the world’s collections; they are also resulted in the development of classification schemes which
intermediate in oxidation state. The EH and EL chondrites reflect the chemical and mineralogical nature of the aster-
are highly reduced enstatite chondrites, which contain oids. The possible connection between known meteorite
essentially no oxidized iron. Several new types of chond- types and asteroid spectral types is described in Table 7.
ritic meteorites are in the process of being characterized. An unanswered question is whether these meteorites
Data for a limited number of elements for the CK (Karoon- originally accreted in the asteroid belt, or whether their
da-type) carbonaceous chondrites are listed in Table 6 [36]. parent asteroids were transported from other parts of the
The CK meteorites have refractory enrichments intermediate solar system to the asteroid belt and stored in their present
between the CV and CO, CM classes. Their oxygen iso- location? The regular distribution of asteroid types in the
topes are similar to CO chondrites, and the olivine composi- asteroid belt (Figure 4) suggests that the asteroids have not
tions range from Fa 29-33 [36]. Other groups of chondrites
are the CR (Renazzo-type) carbonaceous chondrites [83, 131,
the R (Carlisle Lakes) chondrites, which have more affini-
ties with ordinary and enstatite chondrites [61], the Kakan-
gari-type chondrites [84] and the Bencubbin-Weatherford
chondrites [85]. The CH chondrites (ALH85085, ACFER
182, and paired samples ACFER 207 and ACFER 214) are
enriched in Fe metal and siderophile elements [ 131. CM chondritcs
Chondritic meteorites provide information about the Cithophlles Bulk
chemical fractionations and processes that occurred in the S~lmte Earth
solar nebula, and the nature of the building blocks for the Siderophiles Bulk
SIllcab Earlh
planets [37, part 71. Solar system material has been affected
by different fractionation processes during the formation of
0001 i : / : I
the solar system, and within the terrestrial planets [50]. 400 900 1400 1900
These fractionations were caused by variations in the Condensation Temperature(K)
abundance of refractory components, olivine, iron metal, and
loss of volatile elements during condensation or heating. Fig. 3 Plot of the log ratio of the abundance of all elements
Refractory elements vary by a factor of two within chond- in CM chondrites (Table 2) and in the Bulk Silicate Earth
ritic meteorites due to variations in high temperature [56, Table 71, normalized to CI chondrites [4, Table 11, and
condensates, such as Ca, Al-rich inclusions in carbonaceous plotted versus the 50% condensation temperature of the ele-
chondrites. Variations of MglSi ratios by 30% in chondrites ments at 10e4atm total pressure, a measure of the volatility
are ascribed to fractionation of olivine. The depletion of of the elements [80]. The figure illustrates the depletion of
volatile elements relative to CI chondrite abundances is volatile elements in the CM chondrites and the Bulk Silicate
observed in chondritic meteorites, and in the compositions Earth, as well as the additional depletion of siderophile ele-
of differentiated planets and asteroids. The abundances of ments in the Bulk Silicate Earth.
162 COMPOSITION OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM
been widely transported, which implies that the meteorites reflectivity are similar to C-type asteroids, although their
in our collections are probably originally derived from a origin as captured asteroids is not completely certain [16].
limited portion of the solar system. The relationship between the esitimated compositions of the
The achondrite meteorites are igneous rocks and include planets and the solar system composition, provide clues to
several varieties. The Howardite, Eucrite and Diogenite the formation of the planets. For example, the high me-
clan, which are thought to come from the same parent body, tal/silicate ratio for Mercury and the low ratio for the Moon
called either the HED parent body, or the Eucrite Parent suggests the role of giant impacts.
Body (EPB). The Eucrite meteorites are basalts containing 4.1. Mercury, Venus
plagioclase and pyroxene, the Diogenites are ultramafic The compositions of Mercury and Venus are not well
rocks containing pyroxene and olivine, while the Howardites known (Table 9). For Mercury the available data includes
are brecciated mixtures of material similar to Eucrites and density information and very limited spectroscopic informa-
Diogenites. Thus the EPB meteorites represent portions of tion suggesting a low Fe0 content (< 5.5 wt%) [26]. The
the parent bodies’ crust. The EPB meteorites record high mean density of Mercury (5.43 g cmm3)sets this planet
evidence of core formation and igneous processes that apart from the other terrestrial planets, and implies an iron
occurred soon after the formation of the solar system [30]. rich core making up 65 wt% to 68 wt% of the planet [7].
Lead isotope data suggest that the EPB samples crystallized Based on this information and cosmochemical constraints,
shortly after the formation of the most primitive meteorites. several authors have come to the conclusion that the high
For example, data for the Juvinas eucrite suggests a melting density probably cannot’have been produced by a simple
age of 4.539 Z!Z0.004 Ga, only 20 Ma after the formation of
the Allende carbonaceous chondrite.
The bulk composition of the Eucrite Parent Body has
been estimated (Table S), although the lack of mantle rocks
from the EPB is a great handicap. Dreibus and Wanke [23] b
estimated the bulk composition by using mixing diagrams
for EPB meteorites to obtain a composition with chondritic
ratios of the refractory elements, which was then added to
an olivine composition. The Vizgirda and Anders [74] and
Hertogen et al. [29], and Morgan et al. [45] compositions
were obtained by using fractionation factors from the Moon
and Earth, which relate the composition of basalts to the
bulk composition by the processes of core and crust forma-
tion. Consolmagno and Drake [21] calculated a metal free
bulk composition based on trace element constraints for the
mode of the eucrite source regions and mineral compositions
from the work of Stolper [66]. Jones [33] modeled the bulk
composition as a mixture of 25% eucrite and 75% olivine.
Estimates of the amount of metal in the parent body, based
on the depletions of siderophile elements in eucrites,
include: 8% Hertogen et al. [29], 12.9% Morgan et al. [45],
and 20% - 40% Hewins and Newsom [30].
accretion model [e.g. 40, 2.51. This has led to giant impact 350-500 km radius [35]. Constraints due to the lunar
models, such as the vaporization model of Fegley and properties mentioned above, and the angular momentum of
Cameron [25] which involves a giant impact that strips off the Earth-Moon system have led to a theory for the origin
much of the silicate mantle of Mercury. of the Moon by a giant impact of a Mars-sized planet into
An estimate of the bulk composition of Venus based on the Earth [48]. Table 11 contains estimates of the bulk
cosmochemical grounds [44] is also listed in Table 9. silicate composition of the Moon, and an estimate of the
Chemical analyses of the Venus surface have been obtained composition of the lunar highlands crust. Anders [2] used
by spacecraft of the former Soviet Union and the chemistry a cosmochemical approach involving 6 components to
of the surface has been considered at length [8, 241, but this estimate the bulk Moon composition, and estimated a metal
data has not yet been incorporated into models of the bulk content of 6.1% and a troilite content of 1.l%. The O’Neill
planetary composition. Goettel [26] has also estimated the [49] composition consists of 82.5% of the present Earth’s
composition of the core of Mercury as 88-91 wt% Fe, 6.5 mantle, 0.2% of “Hadean matte” (Fe-Ni-S-O liquid), 13.3%
7.5 wt% Ni, and 0.5-5 wt% S. volatile free CI material, and 4% H chondrite material. The
Taylor [68] composition is based on heat flow, density data,
4.2. Mars (SNC parent body) the composition of the highland crust, and elemental ratios
Information on the composition of the silicate portion of in lunar samples. Taylor [68] also estimated a metal content
Mars is based on cosmochemical models, and on the of 2.3%. Wanke et al. [78] used a mixing model for lunar
composition of the Shergottite, Nakhlite and Chassignite highlands samples between lunar anorthosites and a “prima-
meteorites (SNC’s) (Table 10). The martian origin of the ry component”. The primary component consists of a
SNC’s is strongly supported by their young ages (about 1.3 refractory and non-refractory component in the ratio of 21
B.Y.), and the similarity of their trapped Ar and Xe isotopic to 79. For the bulk Moon, a composition was derived
compositions to measurements of the martian atmosphere by consisting of a 50-50 mixture (constrained by the lunar K/La
Viking [52]. The composition of Wanke and Dreibus [76] ratio) of the refractory and non-refractory portions. The
is based on element ratios in the SNC meteorites. Ander- metal content was also estimated at 1.5%. The bulk silicate
son’s model [5] is based on a mixture of 75% type 3 carbo- composition estimated by Jones and Delano [34] is based on
naceous chondrites and 25% ordinary chondrites, which was a mixture of an early olivine residuum, a later olivine
chosen in order to obtain a metal core composition consis- cumulate, and a primitive liquid composition from pristine
tent with geophysical parameters for Mars. Morgan and lunar glasses. Ringwood et al. [57] used a mixture of a
Anders [55] used the abundances of index elements obtained komatiite component (essentially the primary component of
from orbital gamma-ray observations, Viking observations, Wanke et al. [78]), and its liquidus olivine composition.
and geophysical constraints, in order to relate the composi-
tion of the planet to chondrites via four nebular fractionation 4.4. Earth
processes. The composition of Ringwood [55] consists of The Earth is the best studied planet, although the compo-
a mixture of 30% of a low-temperature condensate, repre- sition of the bulk Earth, and its major parts are still uncer-
sented by the Orgeuil CI chondrite, and 70% of a high- tain for many elements. The bulk composition of the
temperature devolatilized metal-rich component. For silicate portion of the Earth is broadly chondritic in compo-
additional data on Mars, including mineralogical models, see sition, but no presently identified chondrite type represents
Longhi et al. [41]. an exact match [69]. The Earth is divided into several
major parts, including the core (32 wt%), lower mantle (48
4.3. Moon wt%), upper mantle (20 wt%), and continental crust (0.4
The chemistry of the Moon has been extensively studied wt%). The composition of the Bulk Silicate Earth is based
based on remote sensing and on the lunar samples returned on samples available for chemical analysis from the upper
from the Moon by the Apollo astronauts, the unmanned mantle and crust. The continental crust can also be divided
Luna probes by the former U.S.S.R. and from lunar meteor- into upper and lower parts. The composition of the ancient
ites. Detailed chemical information for a large number of continental crust has also been investigated in order to study
different types of lunar material is summarized in the Lunar the chemical evolution of the crust with time. The composi-
Source Book [28]. Compared to the Earth, the Moon has a tions of the different reservoirs in the Earth provides clues
very low volatile element content and a higher Fe0 content. to the major processes involved in the evolution of the
The Moon has a low mean density of 3.34 g cm.3 implying Earth, such as core formation and the formation of the
a low iron content. The existence of a lunar metal core has continental crust. The composition of the continental crust
not been conclusively proven, although substantial indirect is also important for determining the bulk abundance in the
geophysical data supports the presence of a small core of Earth because many incompatible elements, which are
164 COMPOSITION OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM
concentrated in the continental crust. The continental crust, element data. The Ringwood [56] “pyrolite” primitive
for example, may contain more than 80% of the highly mantle composition is based on complementary composi-
mobile elements Cs, Cl, and Br [77]. This type of data has tions of melts and residual mantle material. A similar
even been extended by some authors to include estimates of approach was used by Sun [67]. Wanke et al. [77], updat-
the enrichment of some elements in ore deposits relative to ing Jagoutz et al. [32] have used the composition of mantle
the continental crust [ 15,421. nodules to represent the depleted upper mantle, combined
4.4.1. Core. The Earth’s core consists largely of Fe- with a continental crust composition. Zindler and Hart [89]
metal, along with Ni and Co, in the same ratio to Fe as used ratios of refractory elements in lherzolites together with
observed in solar system material, such as the CI chondrites cosmochemical constraints. The bulk Earth composition of
(approximately 5.8 wt% Ni, 0.3 wt% Co, Table 12). These Morgan and Anders [44] used 7 cosmochemical components
compositions are observed in iron meteorites, which are constrained by the mass of the core, the U and Fe abun-
thought to be the cores of melted asteroids that formed at dance, and the ratios K/U, Tl/U, FeO/MnO.
relatively low pressures. However, geophysical evidence
4.4.3. Bulk Continental Crust. Estimates of the compo-
indicates that the Earth’s metal core is 10% less dense than
sition of the continental crust are listed in Table 14. The
pure Fe-Ni-Co, indicating the presence of a significant
bulk continental crustal composition of Taylor and McLen-
amount of a light element which is not observed in iron
nan [70] (their Table 3.5) is comprised of 75% of their
meteorites. The presence of the light element may be due
Archean crustal composition (Table 9) and 25% of their
to processes that only occur at very high pressures within
Andesite model (Table 9), to represent the relative contribu-
the Earth. The nature of this light element is currently
tions of Archean and Post-Archean crustal growth processes.
controversial, with the main candidates being oxygen or
A similar approach was taken by Weaver and Tarney [81],
sulfur. A recent estimate of Ahrens and Jeanloz [l] assum-
who combined composition estimates for the upper crust,
ing sulfur is the light element, gives a sulfur content of 11
Archean middle crust, Archean lower crust and post-Arch-
+ 2%, based on experimental evidence. Experimental work
ean middle and lower crust in the proportions 8:3:9:4.
at pressures approximating the core mantle boundary has
Other estimates of the composition of the continental crust
shown that high pressure mantle minerals, such as (Mg,
include those of Holland and Lambert [3 11,Poldevaart [53],
Fe)SiO, perovskite, will react chemically with iron to form
Ronov and Yaroshevsky [59], Ronov and Migdisov [60],
alloys [38]. This experimental result may explain the light
and Wedepohl [82]. For a summary of other major element
element component, and the existence of the D” (D-double-
estimates of the composition of the bulk continental crust
prime) layer at the core mantle boundary observed in
see Table 3.4 in Taylor and McLennan [70].
seismic studies. Such reactions could be changing the
composition of the core over time. 4.4.4 Other crustal abundances. The continental crust
4.42 Bulk Silicate Earth (primitive mantle). The can be broken down into other divisions that provide useful
composition of the silicate portion of the Earth (the mantle constraints in terms of the formation of the continental crust
plus .crust) has been estimated based on measurements of (Table 15). The composition of the upper continental crust
upper mantle and crustal rocks (Table 13). The composition estimated by Taylor and McLennan [70] is based on
of the upper mantle is surprisingly homogeneous for many sampling programs in the Canadian shield for major
elements. Elements that are compatible in mantle minerals, elements, and analyses of sedimentary rocks for trace
such as Co and Ni, have abundances in primitive mantle elements. Rare-earth distributions of a composite of 40
nodules that do not vary by more than plus or minus 10% North American shales were compiled by Haskin et al. [27]
[6.5]. The abundances of poorly known incompatible to approximate the composition of the upper continental
elements can be determined relative to well known incom- crust. The lower continental crust composition of Taylor
patible elements. For example, MO is constant within plus and McLennan [70] is based on their bulk continental
or minus a factor of two relative to the light rare earth crustal composition, from which their upper continental
element Ce in terrestrial basalts [47]. The composition of crustal composition (Table 15) has been subtracted. The
Anderson [6] is a mixture of five components, ultramafic composition of the bulk Archean continental crust estimated
rocks, orthopyroxene, Mid-ocean Ridge Basalt (MORB), the by Taylor and McLennan 1701, is based on a mixture of
continental crust, and kimberlite, combined to achieve basic and felsic rocks consistent with the observed heat
chondritic relative abundances of refractory elements. flow. Taylor and McLennan [70] present a composition for
Taylor and McLennan [70] used a mixture of cosmochemi- the post-Archean continental crust, the “Andesite model”,
cal components for refractory elements, crustal data for which is based on the average composition of erupted
volatile elements and mantle nodule data for siderophile material at island arcs.
NEWSOM 165
TABLE 1. Solar-System abundances of the Elements Based on Meteorites and Condensation Temperatures
TABLE 1. (Continued)
TABLE 2. (Continued)
TABLE 3. (Continued)
TABLE 3. (Continued)
TABLE 3. (Continued)
*Assignments to nucleosynthetic processes are from Cameron [1982]17, Schramm (private communication, 1982) Walter et al. [1986]75, Woosley and
Hoffman [1986, 1989]87p8s, and Beer and Penzhom [19871g. Processes are listed in the order of importance, with minor processes (lo-30% for r-and s-
processes) shown in lower case. See above references for details. U = cosmological nucleosynthesis, H = hydrogen burning, N = hot or explosive hydrogen
burning, He = helium burning, C = carbon burning, 0 = oxygen burning, Ne = neon burning, Ex = explosive nucleosynthesis, E = nuclear statistical
equilibrium, S = s-process, R = r-process, RA = r-process producing actinides, P = p-process, X = cosmic-ray spallation. thalicizcd values refer to
abundances 4.55 x 10’ yr ago.
NEWSOM 173
IAB IAB -0.7 -0.70 6 -50 Fs 4-8 5.0 5.0 ____ ____ 0.95
inclusion
Enstatite EL 0.60 0.76 0.05 47-57 Fs -0.05 5.6 0.0 51 .o 112 0.84
EHg 0.59 1.13 0.05 68-72 5.3 0.0 0.5 20 0.72
a As fraction of silicates
b Ibitira is an unbrecciated eucrite
’ Pallastic silicates monomict; metal and silicates probably originally separate in core and mantle, repectively.
174 COMPOSITION OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM
Element CM co CK cv H L LL EH EL
TABLE 6. (Continued)
Element CM co CK cv H L LL EH EL
Data from Wasson and Kallemeyn [1988]80, & Kallemeyn et al. [1991]36 (CK). Values in parentheses for Nb and Ta are inferred by assuming they
are unfractionated relative to well-determined refractory lithophiles.
TABLE 7. (Continued)
TABLE 8. Estimated Composition of the Silicate Portion of the Parent Body of the Eucrite Meteorites
Much more than documents.
Discover everything Scribd has to offer, including books and audiobooks from major publishers.
Cancel anytime.